TWI783920B - Composite sheet for forming protective film - Google Patents

Composite sheet for forming protective film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI783920B
TWI783920B TW105140850A TW105140850A TWI783920B TW I783920 B TWI783920 B TW I783920B TW 105140850 A TW105140850 A TW 105140850A TW 105140850 A TW105140850 A TW 105140850A TW I783920 B TWI783920 B TW I783920B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
protective film
forming
meth
acrylate
film
Prior art date
Application number
TW105140850A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201732002A (en
Inventor
佐伯尚哉
佐佐木遼
米山裕之
山本大輔
Original Assignee
日商琳得科股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商琳得科股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商琳得科股份有限公司
Publication of TW201732002A publication Critical patent/TW201732002A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI783920B publication Critical patent/TWI783920B/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/28Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/10Coating on the layer surface on synthetic resin layer or on natural or synthetic rubber layer
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2255/00Coating on the layer surface
    • B32B2255/26Polymeric coating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/50Properties of the layers or laminate having particular mechanical properties
    • B32B2307/538Roughness
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/70Other properties
    • B32B2307/748Releasability

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Adhesive Tapes (AREA)
  • Dicing (AREA)
  • Laminated Bodies (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)
  • Physical Vapour Deposition (AREA)

Abstract

A composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention includes a supporting sheet and a protective film forming film on one side of a surface of the supporting sheet and a coating layer on a surface opposite to the surface that is provided with the protective film forming film of the supporting sheet, wherein the surface roughness Ra of the surface opposite to the surface that contacts the supporting sheet of the coating layer is less than that of the surface that is provided with the coating layer of the suppoting sheet.

Description

保護膜形成用複合片 Composite sheet for protective film formation

本發明係關於一種保護膜形成用複合片,用以於半導體晶片的背面形成保護膜。 The present invention relates to a protective film forming composite sheet for forming a protective film on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer.

本申請案主張基於2016年3月4日在日本提出申請之日本特願2016-042689號的優先權,並將該申請案的內容引用至本文中。 This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-042689 filed in Japan on March 4, 2016, and the content of this application is incorporated herein.

近年來,業界使用稱為所謂的倒裝(face down)方式之安裝方法製造半導體裝置。倒裝方式中,使用於電路面上具有凸塊等電極之半導體晶片,將前述電極與基板接合。因此,有時晶片中的與電路面為相反側的背面裸露。 In recent years, semiconductor devices have been manufactured in the industry using a mounting method called a so-called face down method. In the flip-chip method, a semiconductor wafer having electrodes such as bumps on the circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to the substrate. Therefore, the back surface of the wafer, which is opposite to the circuit surface, may be exposed.

有時於該裸露之晶片背面形成由有機材料構成之樹脂膜作為保護膜,以附有保護膜之半導體晶片之形式組入至半導體裝置中。保護膜係用以防止在切割步驟或封裝之後晶片產生龜裂。 Sometimes a resin film made of organic material is formed as a protective film on the back surface of the bare wafer, and it is incorporated into a semiconductor device in the form of a semiconductor wafer with a protective film. The protective film is used to prevent chip cracking after the dicing step or packaging.

形成此種保護膜時,使用於支持片上具備保護膜形成 用膜之保護膜形成用複合片。作為前述支持片,例如使用樹脂製基材或基材及黏著劑層等之積層結構體,有時亦對前述基材之保護膜形成用膜或黏著劑層等之積層面進行表面處理。前述保護膜形成用複合片中,保護膜形成用膜具有形成保護膜之功能,並且支持片能夠發揮作為切割片(dicing sheet)之功能,可謂為保護膜形成用膜與切割片形成為一體之保護膜形成用複合片。 When forming this kind of protective film, use the protective film formation on the support sheet A composite sheet for forming a protective film with a film. As the support sheet, for example, a resin base material or a laminated structure of the base material and an adhesive layer is used, and the laminated surface of the protective film forming film of the base material or the adhesive layer is sometimes subjected to surface treatment. In the composite sheet for forming a protective film, the film for forming a protective film has the function of forming a protective film, and the support sheet can function as a dicing sheet. It can be said that the film for forming a protective film and the dicing sheet are integrally formed. A composite sheet for forming a protective film.

通常,用於支持片之加工前之前述基材的單面或雙面具有凹凸形狀。原因在於,若不具有此種凹凸形狀,則將基材捲取成輥(roll)時,基材彼此之接觸面黏附而產生黏連(blocking),因而使用困難。若基材彼此之接觸面中至少一者具有凹凸形狀,則接觸面的面積變小,因此黏連得到抑制。 Usually, one side or both sides of the said base material before the processing of a support sheet have uneven|corrugated shape. The reason is that if the base material does not have such a concavo-convex shape, when the base material is wound up into a roll, the contact surfaces of the base materials adhere to each other to cause blocking (blocking), so that it is difficult to use. When at least one of the contact surfaces between the base materials has a concave-convex shape, the area of the contact surface becomes small, so that sticking is suppressed.

典型而言,使用此種具有凹凸面之基材之以往之保護膜形成用複合片具有如圖4所示之構成。圖4係以示意方式表示以往之保護膜形成用複合片的一例之剖面圖。再者,以下之說明所使用之圖式中,例如為了易於理解保護膜形成用複合片之特徵,方便起見,有時將成為主要部分之部分放大表示,而並不限於各構成要素的尺寸比率等與實際相同。 Typically, the conventional composite sheet for protective film formation using the base material which has such an uneven surface has a structure as shown in FIG. 4. Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film. In addition, in the drawing used for the following description, for example, in order to understand the characteristics of the composite sheet for protective film formation easily, the part which becomes a main part may be enlarged and shown for convenience, and the size of each component is not limited. Ratio etc. are the same as actual.

此處所示之以往之保護膜形成用複合片9於支持片 90上具備保護膜形成用膜13,支持片90由基材91及黏著劑層12之積層結構體構成,於黏著劑層12上具備保護膜形成用膜13。保護膜形成用膜13藉由硬化而成為保護膜。保護膜形成用複合片9進一步於保護膜形成用膜13上具備剝離膜15,於使用保護膜形成用複合片9時將剝離膜15移除。保護膜形成用複合片9中,支持片90中的與具備保護膜形成用膜13之面(表面)90a為相反側的面(背面)90b,亦即基材91中的與具備黏著劑層12之面(表面)91a為相反側的面(背面)91b成為凹凸面。保護膜形成用複合片9藉由如此般使基材91的背面91b成為凹凸面,在捲取成輥時,黏連得到抑制。亦即,積層之保護膜形成用複合片9彼此之黏附得到抑制,更具體而言基材91的背面91b與剝離膜15的露出面(表面)15a之黏附得到抑制。 The conventional protective film forming composite sheet 9 shown here is placed on the support sheet The film 13 for forming a protective film is provided on 90 , the support sheet 90 is constituted by a laminated structure of a base material 91 and an adhesive layer 12 , and the film 13 for forming a protective film is provided on the adhesive layer 12 . The film 13 for protective film formation becomes a protective film by hardening. The composite sheet 9 for protective film formation is further equipped with the release film 15 on the film 13 for protective film formation, and when using the composite sheet 9 for protective film formation, the release film 15 is removed. In the composite sheet 9 for forming a protective film, the surface (back surface) 90b of the support sheet 90 opposite to the surface (surface) 90a provided with the film 13 for forming a protective film, that is, the surface (back surface) 90b of the substrate 91 that is provided with the adhesive layer The surface (front surface) 91a of 12 is a surface (back surface) 91b on the opposite side, which is a concave-convex surface. When the composite sheet 9 for protective film formation makes the back surface 91b of the base material 91 into an uneven|corrugated surface in this way, when it winds up into a roll, blocking is suppressed. That is, the adhesion of the laminated composite sheets 9 for forming a protective film, more specifically, the adhesion between the back surface 91b of the substrate 91 and the exposed surface (surface) 15a of the release film 15 is suppressed.

另一方面,對於保護膜形成用複合片,有時對由保護膜形成用膜形成之保護膜之支持片側的面,藉由照射雷射光進行印字(以下,有時稱為「雷射印字」)。雷射印字時,自支持片的形成有保護膜之側的相反側照射。此時,例如於保護膜形成用複合片9之情形時,自基材91的背面91b側透過支持片90對保護膜照射雷射光,但由於基材91的背面91b為凹凸面,故而於該凹凸面上光會發生漫反射,而存在雷射印字不清晰之問題。 On the other hand, for the composite sheet for protective film formation, printing may be performed by irradiating laser light on the surface of the support sheet side of the protective film formed of the film for protective film formation (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "laser printing"). ). In laser printing, it irradiates from the side opposite to the side where the protective film was formed of the support sheet. At this time, for example, in the case of the composite sheet 9 for forming a protective film, the protective film is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet 90 from the back surface 91b side of the base material 91, but since the back surface 91b of the base material 91 is a concave-convex surface, the The light on the concave-convex surface will reflect diffusely, and there is a problem that the laser printing is not clear.

作為可防止此種光之漫反射之保護膜形成用複合片,已知有具有如圖5所示之構成之保護膜形成用複合片8(例如,參照專利文獻1)。圖5係以示意方式表示以往之保護膜形成用複合片的另一例之剖面圖。 As a composite sheet for protective film formation which can prevent diffuse reflection of such light, the composite sheet 8 for protective film formation which has a structure as shown in FIG. 5 is known (for example, refer patent document 1). Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another example of the conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film.

此處所示之以往之保護膜形成用複合片8與保護膜形成用複合片9同樣地,於支持片80上具備保護膜形成用膜13,支持片80由基材81及黏著劑層12之積層結構體構成,於黏著劑層12上具備保護膜形成用膜13。但是,支持片80中,基材81的凹凸面之配置與支持片90中的基材91相反。亦即,保護膜形成用複合片8中,基材81中的具備黏著劑層12的面(表面)81a成為凹凸面,基材81中的與表面81a為相反側的面(背面)81b成為平滑面。支持片80中的基材81、保護膜形成用膜13及剝離膜15分別與支持片90中的基材91、保護膜形成用膜13及剝離膜15相同。 The conventional composite sheet 8 for forming a protective film shown here is similar to the composite sheet 9 for forming a protective film. The film 13 for forming a protective film is provided on a support sheet 80, and the support sheet 80 is composed of a base material 81 and an adhesive layer 12. A laminated structure comprising a protective film forming film 13 on the adhesive layer 12 . However, in the support sheet 80 , the arrangement of the concave-convex surface of the base material 81 is opposite to that of the base material 91 in the support sheet 90 . That is, in the composite sheet 8 for forming a protective film, the surface (surface) 81a provided with the adhesive layer 12 of the base material 81 is a concave-convex surface, and the surface (back surface) 81b of the base material 81 opposite to the surface 81a is a smooth surface. Base material 81 , protective film forming film 13 , and release film 15 in support sheet 80 are the same as base material 91 , protective film forming film 13 , and release film 15 in support sheet 90 , respectively.

但是,於保護膜形成用複合片8之情形時,基材81的背面81b亦即支持片80中的與具備黏著劑層12之面(表面)80a為相反側的面(背面)80b成為平滑面,將保護膜形成用複合片8捲取成輥時,無法抑制基材81的背面81b與剝離膜15的露出面(表面)15a之黏附亦即黏連。若產生黏連,則會於保護膜形成用複合片8產生褶皺,將保護膜形成用複合片8自輥捲出時,剝離膜15自保護膜形成用 膜13剝離。再者,為了消除凹凸形狀,黏著劑層12必須於基材81的表面81a上具有充分的厚度。若黏著劑層12的厚度不充分,則存在如下問題:反映基材81的凹凸形狀而使保護膜形成用膜13之支持片80側的面(背面)13b具有凹凸形狀,由此種保護膜形成用膜13形成之保護膜之支持片側的面所被施加之雷射印字不清晰。 However, in the case of the composite sheet 8 for forming a protective film, the back surface 81b of the substrate 81, that is, the surface (back surface) 80b opposite to the surface (surface) 80a provided with the adhesive layer 12 in the support sheet 80 becomes smooth. On the other hand, when the composite sheet 8 for forming a protective film is wound into a roll, the adhesion between the back surface 81b of the substrate 81 and the exposed surface (surface) 15a of the release film 15, that is, blocking, cannot be suppressed. If blocking occurs, wrinkles will be generated in the composite sheet 8 for protective film formation, and when the composite sheet 8 for protective film formation is rolled out from the roll, the peeling film 15 will be removed from the composite sheet 8 for protective film formation. The film 13 is peeled off. Furthermore, in order to eliminate the concave-convex shape, the adhesive layer 12 must have a sufficient thickness on the surface 81 a of the base material 81 . If the thickness of the adhesive layer 12 is not sufficient, there is a problem that the surface (back surface) 13b of the film 13 for forming a protective film on the support sheet 80 side has a concave-convex shape reflecting the concave-convex shape of the base material 81. The surface of the protective film formed by the film 13 for formation on the support sheet side was not clearly marked by laser printing applied thereto.

如此,實際情況是以往並不存在可兼顧抑制黏連與對保護膜之清晰的雷射印字之保護膜形成用複合片。 In this way, the actual situation is that there has been no composite sheet for forming a protective film that can achieve both the suppression of blocking and clear laser printing on the protective film.

[先前技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Document]

專利文獻1:日本專利第5432853號公報。 Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent No. 5432853.

本發明之課題在於提供一種保護膜形成用複合片,用以於半導體晶片的背面形成保護膜,並且該保護膜形成用複合片可抑制黏連,且可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字。 An object of the present invention is to provide a protective film-forming composite sheet for forming a protective film on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer, wherein the protective film-forming composite sheet can suppress sticking and can clearly perform laser printing on the protective film.

本發明提供一種保護膜形成用複合片,具備支持片,於前述支持片的一方的表面上具備保護膜形成用膜,於前述支持片中的與具備前述保護膜形成用膜之側為相反側的表面上具備塗層;前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之 側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra小於前述支持片中的具備前述塗層之側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra。 The present invention provides a composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising a support sheet, a film for forming a protective film is provided on one surface of the support sheet, and a side of the support sheet opposite to the film for forming the protective film is provided. There is a coating on the surface; the part of the aforementioned coating that is in contact with the aforementioned supporting sheet The surface roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side is smaller than the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the support sheet on the side provided with the coating layer.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中,使用進一步於前述保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜之前述保護膜形成用複合片,利用下述方法測定之前述剝離膜之剝離力可為10mN/50mm以下。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further provided with a release film on the film for forming a protective film, and the peeling force of the release film measured by the following method may be 10 mN/50mm the following.

(剝離膜之剝離力之測定方法) (Measuring method of peeling force of peeling film)

將於保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜之寬度50mm、長度100mm之前述保護膜形成用複合片,以前述塗層全部朝向相同方向且前述塗層的合計厚度成為10μm至60μm之方式重疊複數片,藉此製成一方的最外層為塗層且另一方的最外層為剝離膜之積層體,將前述積層體以於前述保護膜形成用複合片之積層方向上施加980.665mN之力之狀態於40℃下靜置3天後,將於前述積層方向上距離前述最外層之塗層最近之剝離膜,於剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件下,自鄰接之塗層剝離,測定此時之剝離力。 On the protective film forming composite sheet having a release film width of 50 mm and a length of 100 mm, a plurality of sheets are stacked so that all the coating layers face the same direction and the total thickness of the coating layers is 10 μm to 60 μm. In this way, a laminate in which one outermost layer is a coating layer and the other outermost layer is a release film is produced, and the aforementioned laminate is placed in a state where a force of 980.665 mN is applied in the lamination direction of the aforementioned protective film-forming composite sheet. After standing at 40°C for 3 days, the peeling film closest to the outermost coating in the lamination direction is peeled off from the adjacent coating at a peeling speed of 300mm/min and a peeling angle of 180°. The peel force at this time.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中,可為前述支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成,前述保護膜形成用複合片由前述塗層、基材、黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜依序積層而成。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the support sheet may be formed by laminating the base material and the adhesive, and the composite sheet for forming the protective film may be formed by the coating, the base material, the adhesive layer, and the layer for forming the protective film. The membranes are sequentially laminated.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中,前述黏著劑層可為能量線硬化性之層或非能量線硬化性之層。 In the protective film forming composite sheet of the present invention, the adhesive layer may be an energy ray curable layer or a non-energy ray curable layer.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片中,前述保護膜形成用膜可為熱硬化性之層或能量線硬化性之層。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the film for forming a protective film may be a thermosetting layer or an energy ray curable layer.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片用以於半導體晶片的背面形成保護膜,並且藉由使用該保護膜形成用複合片,可抑制保護膜形成用複合片之黏連,且可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is used to form a protective film on the back surface of a semiconductor wafer, and by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film, adhesion of the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be suppressed, and the protective film can be clearly observed. laser printing.

1、2、8、9‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 1, 2, 8, 9‧‧‧Composite sheet for protective film formation

10、80、90‧‧‧支持片 10, 80, 90‧‧‧support sheet

10a、80a、90a‧‧‧支持片的表面 10a, 80a, 90a‧‧‧The surface of the supporting sheet

10b、80b、90b‧‧‧支持片的背面 10b, 80b, 90b‧‧‧The back of the support sheet

11、81、91‧‧‧基材 11, 81, 91‧‧‧substrate

11a、81a、91a‧‧‧基材的表面 11a, 81a, 91a‧‧‧The surface of the substrate

11b、81b、91b‧‧‧基材的背面 11b, 81b, 91b‧‧‧The back of the substrate

12‧‧‧黏著劑層 12‧‧‧adhesive layer

12a‧‧‧黏著劑層的表面 12a‧‧‧The surface of the adhesive layer

13、23‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜 13.23‧‧‧Film for protective film formation

13a、23a‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜的表面 13a, 23a‧‧‧The surface of the protective film forming film

13b‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜的背面 13b‧‧‧The back side of the protective film forming film

14‧‧‧塗層 14‧‧‧Coating

14a‧‧‧塗層的表面 14a‧‧‧coated surface

14b‧‧‧塗層的背面 14b‧‧‧coated backside

15‧‧‧剝離膜 15‧‧‧Peeling film

15a‧‧‧剝離膜的表面 15a‧‧‧The surface of the release film

16‧‧‧治具用接著劑層 16‧‧‧adhesive layer for jig

16a‧‧‧治具用接著劑層的表面 16a‧‧‧The surface of the adhesive layer for jigs

121‧‧‧黏著劑層的曲面狀的周緣部 121‧‧‧curved peripheral portion of the adhesive layer

122‧‧‧黏著劑層的平面狀的周緣部 122‧‧‧Planar Periphery of Adhesive Layer

d1、d2‧‧‧直徑 d 1 , d 2 ‧‧‧diameter

w1、w2‧‧‧寬度 w 1 , w 2 ‧‧‧width

圖1係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention.

圖2係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的另一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.

圖3係表示實施例中所製造之保護膜形成用複合片之俯視圖。 Fig. 3 is a plan view showing a composite sheet for forming a protective film produced in Examples.

圖4係以示意方式表示以往之保護膜形成用複合片的一例之剖面圖。 Fig. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an example of a conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film.

圖5係以示意方式表示以往之保護膜形成用複合片的另一例之剖面圖。 Fig. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another example of the conventional composite sheet for forming a protective film.

◎保護膜形成用複合片 ◎Composite sheet for protective film formation

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片具備支持片,於前述支 持片的一方的表面上具備保護膜形成用膜,於前述支持片中的與具備前述保護膜形成用膜之側為相反側的表面上具備塗層;前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra小於前述支持片中的具備前述塗層之側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention has a support sheet, and A film for forming a protective film is provided on one surface of the holding sheet, and a coating layer is provided on the surface of the support sheet opposite to the side provided with the film for forming the protective film; the coating layer and the support sheet The surface roughness Ra of the surface opposite to the contact side is smaller than the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the support sheet provided with the coating layer.

前述保護膜形成用複合片中,前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra小於前述支持片中的具備前述塗層之側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra。亦即,塗層中的與和支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面為平滑面或者為凹凸程度得到抑制之面。因此,照射雷射光時,可抑制雷射光於塗層的表面粗糙度Ra小的前述表面上發生漫反射。因此,對使保護膜形成用膜硬化後的保護膜,自塗層側透過支持片照射雷射光時,可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film, the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the coating layer opposite to the side in contact with the support sheet is smaller than the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the support sheet provided with the coating layer Ra. That is, the surface of the coating layer on the opposite side to the side in contact with the support sheet is a smooth surface or a surface in which unevenness is suppressed. Therefore, when laser light is irradiated, diffuse reflection of laser light on the aforementioned surface having a small surface roughness Ra of the coating layer can be suppressed. Therefore, when the protective film after curing the protective film-forming film is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet from the coating side, laser printing can be clearly performed on the protective film.

另外,前述保護膜形成用複合片中的塗層易於相對於與塗層之接觸物適度滑動,且具有抗靜電性。因此,將保護膜形成用複合片捲取成輥時,可抑制積層之保護膜形成用複合片彼此之黏附亦即黏連。 Moreover, the coating layer in the said composite sheet for protective film formation is easy to slide moderately with respect to the contact thing with a coating layer, and has antistatic property. Therefore, when the composite sheet for protective film formation is wound up into a roll, the adhesion|attachment of the composite sheet for protective film formation laminated|stacked, that is, blocking, can be suppressed.

再者,本說明書中,前述保護膜形成用複合片中,藉由加熱或照射能量線而使保護膜形成用膜硬化成保護膜之片,亦只要可維持前述支持片及保護膜之積層結構,則 稱為「保護膜形成用複合片」。另外,前述保護膜形成用複合片中,前述支持片為基材及黏著劑層之積層結構體之情形時,使黏著劑層硬化後之片,亦只要可維持前述基材、黏著劑層之硬化物、及保護膜形成用膜或保護膜之積層結構,則稱為「保護膜形成用複合片」。 In addition, in the present specification, among the above-mentioned composite sheets for protective film formation, the film for protective film formation is hardened by heating or irradiation of energy rays to form a protective film, as long as the laminated structure of the aforementioned support sheet and protective film can be maintained. ,but It is called "composite sheet for protective film formation". In addition, in the aforementioned composite sheet for forming a protective film, when the aforementioned support sheet is a laminated structure of a base material and an adhesive layer, the sheet after hardening the adhesive layer can also maintain the relationship between the aforementioned base material and the adhesive layer. The laminated structure of the cured product, the film for forming a protective film, or the protective film is called a "composite sheet for forming a protective film".

圖1係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的一實施形態之剖面圖。 Fig. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention.

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片1具備支持片10,於支持片10的一方的表面10a上具備保護膜形成用膜13,於支持片10的另一方的表面(背面)10b上具備塗層14。再者,支持片10由基材11及黏著劑層12積層而成,於基材11的一方的表面11a上具備黏著劑層12,於基材11的另一方的表面(背面)11b上具備塗層14,於黏著劑層12上具備保護膜形成用膜13。另外,保護膜形成用複合片1進一步於保護膜形成用膜13上具備剝離膜15,使用保護膜形成用複合片1時將剝離膜15移除。保護膜形成用膜13藉由硬化而成為保護膜。 The composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film shown here includes a support sheet 10, a film 13 for forming a protective film is provided on one surface 10a of the support sheet 10, and a film 13 is provided on the other surface (back surface) 10b of the support sheet 10. Coating14. Furthermore, the support sheet 10 is formed by laminating a base material 11 and an adhesive layer 12, the adhesive layer 12 is provided on one surface 11a of the base material 11, and the adhesive layer 12 is provided on the other surface (back surface) 11b of the base material 11. The coating layer 14 is provided with the film 13 for protective film formation on the adhesive layer 12 . Moreover, the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation is equipped with the release film 15 further on the film 13 for protective film formation, and when using the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation, the release film 15 is removed. The film 13 for protective film formation becomes a protective film by hardening.

保護膜形成用複合片1中,黏著劑層12積層於基材11的前述表面11a上,保護膜形成用膜13積層於黏著劑層12的表面12a的一部分。並且,於黏著劑層12的表面12a中未積層保護膜形成用膜13的露出面、及保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a(換言之,為上表面及側面)上積層有剝 離膜15。 In the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation, the adhesive layer 12 is laminated|stacked on the said surface 11a of the base material 11, and the film 13 for protective film formation is laminated|stacked on a part of the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12. In addition, on the exposed surface of the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 where the protective film forming film 13 is not laminated, and the surface 13a (in other words, the upper surface and the side surface) of the protective film forming film 13, a peeling layer is laminated. From the membrane 15.

再者,於剝離膜15與黏著劑層12的表面12a或保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a之間亦可存在空隙部。例如,保護膜形成用膜13的側面、或黏著劑層12的表面12a中保護膜形成用膜13的附近區域容易產生前述空隙部。 In addition, a gap part may exist between the peeling film 15 and the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12, or the surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation. For example, the aforementioned voids are likely to be formed on the side surface of the protective film forming film 13 or in the vicinity of the protective film forming film 13 on the surface 12 a of the adhesive layer 12 .

保護膜形成用複合片1中,支持片10中的與具備保護膜形成用膜13之面(表面)10a為相反側的面(背面)10b成為凹凸面,換言之基材11中的與具備黏著劑層12之面(表面)11a為相反側的面(背面)11b成為凹凸面。並且,塗層14被覆該凹凸面而設置。塗層14中的與和支持片10(基材11)接觸之面(表面)14a為相反側的面(背面)14b的表面粗糙度Ra小於支持片10的前述背面10b(換言之,為基材11的前述背面11b)的表面粗糙度Ra。於對由保護膜形成用膜13形成之保護膜(省略圖示)進行雷射印字之情形時,自塗層14側對保護膜之支持片10側的面照射雷射光。此時,如上所述,塗層14的前述背面14b的表面粗糙度Ra變小,藉此可抑制雷射光於塗層14上發生漫反射。因此,可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字。 In the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, the surface (back surface) 10b of the support sheet 10 opposite to the surface (surface) 10a provided with the film 13 for forming a protective film is a concave-convex surface. The surface (surface) 11a of the agent layer 12 is the opposite surface (rear surface) 11b to form a concave-convex surface. Further, the coating layer 14 is provided to cover the uneven surface. In the coating layer 14, the surface roughness Ra of the surface (back surface) 14b on the opposite side to the surface (surface) 14a in contact with the support sheet 10 (substrate 11) is smaller than that of the aforementioned back surface 10b of the support sheet 10 (in other words, the substrate 10). The surface roughness Ra of the aforementioned rear surface 11b) of 11. When performing laser printing on a protective film (not shown) formed of the film 13 for protective film formation, laser light is irradiated from the coating layer 14 side to the surface of the protective film on the support sheet 10 side. At this time, as described above, the surface roughness Ra of the back surface 14 b of the coating 14 becomes smaller, thereby suppressing diffuse reflection of the laser light on the coating 14 . Therefore, laser printing can be clearly performed on the protective film.

再者,本說明書中,所謂「表面粗糙度Ra」,只要無特別說明,則意指JIS B0601:2001中規定的所謂的算術平均粗糙度。 In addition, in this specification, "surface roughness Ra" means the so-called arithmetic mean roughness prescribed|regulated by JISB0601:2001 unless there is a notice especially.

另外,保護膜形成用複合片1藉由具備塗層14,即便於捲取成輥之情形時,亦可抑制積層之保護膜形成用複合片1彼此之黏附亦即黏連。更具體而言,可抑制基材11的前述背面11b與剝離膜15的露出面(表面)15a之黏附。 Moreover, since the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation is equipped with the coating layer 14, it can suppress that the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation laminated|stacked mutually sticks, that is, sticks, even when it is wound up into a roll. More specifically, adhesion between the aforementioned back surface 11b of the substrate 11 and the exposed surface (surface) 15a of the release film 15 can be suppressed.

保護膜形成用複合片1中,基材11的表面11a於此處成為平滑面,但亦可為平滑度低的凹凸面。但是,如後所述,就更容易抑制於基材11與黏著劑層12之間產生空隙部,使保護膜形成用複合片1具有較佳特性之方面而言,較佳為基材11的表面11a為平滑面。 In the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation, although the surface 11a of the base material 11 becomes a smooth surface here, it may be the uneven surface with low smoothness. However, as will be described later, the base material 11 is preferable in that it is easier to suppress the generation of voids between the base material 11 and the adhesive layer 12, and to make the protective film forming composite sheet 1 have better characteristics. The surface 11a is a smooth surface.

使用圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1時,將剝離膜15移除,於保護膜形成用膜13的表面13a貼附半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面。再者,將黏著劑層12的表面12a中未積層保護膜形成用膜13的露出面貼附於環狀框等治具。 When using the protective film forming composite sheet 1 shown in FIG. 1 , the release film 15 is removed, and the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13 . Furthermore, the exposed surface which is not laminated|stacked the film 13 for protective film formation among the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12 is stuck to jigs, such as a ring frame.

圖2係以示意方式表示本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的另一實施形態之剖面圖。再者,圖2中,對與圖1所示相同之構成要素標附與圖1之情形相同之符號,並省略該構成要素之詳細說明。於圖2以後之圖中亦相同。 Fig. 2 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention. In addition, in FIG. 2, the same code|symbol as the case of FIG. 1 is attached|subjected to the same component shown in FIG. 1, and detailed description of this component is abbreviate|omitted. The same applies to the figures after FIG. 2 .

此處所示之保護膜形成用複合片2中,於黏著劑層 12的表面12a的整個面積層有保護膜形成用膜23,於保護膜形成用膜23的表面23a的一部分積層有治具用接著劑層16。再者,保護膜形成用複合片2中,於保護膜形成用膜23的表面23a中未積層治具用接著劑層16的露出面、及治具用接著劑層16的表面16a(換言之,為上表面及側面)上積層有剝離膜15。除該等方面以外,保護膜形成用複合片2與圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1相同。 In the protective film forming composite sheet 2 shown here, in the adhesive layer The film 23 for protective film formation is layered on the entire surface 12a of 12, and the adhesive agent layer 16 for jigs is laminated|stacked on a part of the surface 23a of the film 23 for protective film formation. Furthermore, in the protective film forming composite sheet 2, the exposed surface of the jig adhesive layer 16 and the surface 16a of the jig adhesive layer 16 are not laminated on the surface 23a of the protective film forming film 23 (in other words, A release film 15 is laminated on the upper surface and the side surface. Except for these points, the composite sheet 2 for protective film formation is the same as the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation shown in FIG.

再者,於剝離膜15與保護膜形成用膜23的表面23a或治具用接著劑層16的表面16a之間亦可存在空隙部。例如,治具用接著劑層16的側面、保護膜形成用膜23的表面23a中治具用接著劑層16的附近區域容易產生前述空隙部。 In addition, a gap part may exist between the peeling film 15 and the surface 23a of the film 23 for protective film formation, or the surface 16a of the adhesive agent layer 16 for jigs. For example, the aforementioned voids are likely to occur in the side surface of the jig adhesive layer 16 and in the vicinity of the jig adhesive layer 16 on the surface 23 a of the protective film forming film 23 .

保護膜形成用複合片2中,亦與保護膜形成用複合片1之情形同樣地,支持片10的前述背面10b(基材11的前述背面11b)成為凹凸面,塗層14被覆該凹凸面而設置。因此,塗層14的前述背面14b的表面粗糙度Ra小於支持片10的前述背面10b的表面粗糙度Ra。因此,可對由保護膜形成用膜23形成之保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字。 In the composite sheet 2 for forming a protective film, as in the case of the composite sheet 1 for forming a protective film, the back surface 10b of the support sheet 10 (the back surface 11b of the base material 11 ) has an uneven surface, and the coating layer 14 covers the uneven surface. And set. Therefore, the surface roughness Ra of the aforementioned rear surface 14 b of the coating layer 14 is smaller than the surface roughness Ra of the aforementioned rear surface 10 b of the support sheet 10 . Therefore, laser printing can be clearly performed on the protective film formed from the film 23 for protective film formation.

另外,保護膜形成用複合片2藉由具備塗層14,即便於捲取成輥之情形時,亦可抑制積層之保護膜形成用複合片2彼此之黏附亦即黏連。 Moreover, since the composite sheet 2 for protective film formation is equipped with the coating layer 14, it can suppress that the composite sheet 2 for protective film formation laminated|stacked mutually sticks, that is, sticks even when it is wound up into a roll.

使用圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片2時,將剝離膜15移除,於保護膜形成用膜23的表面23a貼附半導體晶圓(省略圖示)的背面。再者,治具用接著劑層16的表面16a中的上表面貼附於環狀框等治具。 When using the protective film forming composite sheet 2 shown in FIG. 2 , the release film 15 is removed, and the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the surface 23 a of the protective film forming film 23 . In addition, the upper surface among the surface 16a of the adhesive agent layer 16 for jigs is stuck to jigs, such as a ring frame.

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片並不限定於圖1至圖2所示的保護膜形成用複合片,在無損本發明的功效之範圍內,亦可將圖1至圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片的一部分構成變更或刪除,或者對此前說明之保護膜形成用複合片進一步追加其他構成。 The protective film forming composite sheet of the present invention is not limited to the protective film forming composite sheet shown in FIGS. 1 to 2 , and the protective film shown in FIGS. Some configurations of the composite sheet for film formation are changed or deleted, or other configurations are further added to the composite sheet for protective film formation described above.

以下,對本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的各構成進行更詳細的說明。 Hereinafter, each structure of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention is demonstrated in more detail.

○支持片 ○Support sheet

前述支持片只要能夠設置前述保護膜形成用膜,則並無特別限定。作為支持片,例如可列舉:用以防止於保護膜形成用膜的表面附著灰塵等之剝離片、及用以於切割步驟等中對保護膜形成用膜的表面進行保護且發揮切割片等作用之支持片。 The said support sheet will not be specifically limited as long as the said film for protective film formation can be provided. Examples of the support sheet include a release sheet for preventing dust and the like from adhering to the surface of the protective film forming film, and a dicing sheet for protecting the surface of the protective film forming film in the dicing process and the like. The supporting film.

作為較佳的前述支持片,可列舉:半導體晶圓之加工用片之領域中通常所使用之僅由基材構成之支持片、以及由基材及黏著劑層積層而成之支持片等。 Preferred examples of the aforementioned support sheet include a support sheet composed of only a base material and a support sheet formed by laminating a base material and an adhesive, which are generally used in the field of semiconductor wafer processing sheets.

支持片可由一層(單層)構成,亦可由兩層以上之複數層構成。於支持片由複數層構成之情形時,該等複數層相互可相同亦可不同。亦即,可全部層相同,亦可全部層皆不同,還可僅一部分層相同。並且,於複數層相互不同之情形時,該等複數層之組合並無特別限定。此處,所謂複數層相互不同,意指各層的材質及厚度的至少一者相互不同。 The support sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of multiple layers of two or more layers. When the support sheet is composed of plural layers, these plural layers may be the same as or different from each other. That is, all layers may be the same, all layers may be different, or only some layers may be the same. Also, when the plural layers are different from each other, the combination of the plural layers is not particularly limited. Here, the plural layers are different from each other, which means that at least one of the material and the thickness of each layer is different from each other.

支持片的厚度根據目的適宜選擇即可,就可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射印字,再者可對前述保護膜形成用複合片賦予充分的可撓性,對半導體晶圓之貼附性良好之方面而言,較佳為10μm至500μm,更佳為20μm至350μm,尤佳為30μm至200μm,例如可為40μm至175μm及50μm至150μm之任一者。 The thickness of the support sheet can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, and laser printing can be performed on the protective film more clearly. In addition, sufficient flexibility can be given to the composite sheet for forming the protective film, and the adhesion to the semiconductor wafer can be improved. On the good side, it is preferably 10 μm to 500 μm, more preferably 20 μm to 350 μm, especially preferably 30 μm to 200 μm, for example, any one of 40 μm to 175 μm and 50 μm to 150 μm.

此處,所謂「支持片的厚度」,意指構成支持片之各層的合計厚度,例如於由基材及黏著劑層積層而成之支持片之情形時,意指基材的厚度及黏著劑層的厚度的合計值。 Here, the "thickness of the support sheet" means the total thickness of the layers constituting the support sheet. The total value of the layer thickness.

再者,支持片的至少一面可成為凹凸面,於支持片的該凹凸面中包含凸部的部位中,支持片的厚度可將該凸部的頂端作為一起點而算出。 In addition, at least one side of the support sheet may be a concave-convex surface, and the thickness of the support sheet can be calculated at a portion including a convex portion on the concave-convex surface of the support sheet by taking the tip of the convex portion as a starting point.

‧基材 ‧Substrate

前述基材的材質較佳為各種樹脂。 The material of the aforementioned base material is preferably various resins.

作為前述樹脂的具體例,可列舉:聚乙烯(低密度聚乙烯(LDPE;Low-density Polyethylene)、直鏈低密度聚乙烯(LLDPE;Linear Low-density Polyethylene)、高密度聚乙烯(HDPE;High-density Polyethylene等))、聚丙烯、乙烯-丙烯共聚物、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚甲基戊烯、聚氯乙烯、氯乙烯共聚物、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯、聚對苯二甲酸丁二酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯、聚醯亞胺、乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、離子聚合物樹脂、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、氟樹脂、及該等任一樹脂之氫化物、改性物、交聯物或共聚物等。 Specific examples of the aforementioned resins include: polyethylene (low-density polyethylene (LDPE; Low-density Polyethylene), linear low-density polyethylene (LLDPE; Linear Low-density Polyethylene), high-density polyethylene (HDPE; High -density Polyethylene, etc.)), polypropylene, ethylene-propylene copolymer, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, polyvinyl chloride, vinyl chloride copolymer, polyethylene terephthalate, poly Ethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyurethane, polyacrylate urethane, polyimide, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ionomer resin, vinyl -(meth)acrylic acid copolymers, ethylene-(meth)acrylate copolymers, polystyrene, polycarbonate, fluororesins, and hydrogenated, modified, cross-linked or copolymerized products of any of these resins things etc.

再者,本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸」的概念包括「丙烯酸」及「甲基丙烯酸」兩者。 In addition, in this specification, the concept of "(meth)acryl" includes both "acryl" and "methacryl".

於支持片由基材及黏著劑層等其他層積層而成之情形時,基材的厚度可根據目的適宜選擇,較佳為15μm至300μm,更佳為20μm至200μm,例如可為30μm至175μm、40μm至150μm及50μm至125μm之任一者。藉由基材的厚度為此種範圍,前述保護膜形成用複合片的可撓性、及對半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之貼附性進一步提高。 In the case where the support sheet is formed of other lamination layers such as a base material and an adhesive layer, the thickness of the base material can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, preferably 15 μm to 300 μm, more preferably 20 μm to 200 μm, for example, 30 μm to 175 μm , any of 40 μm to 150 μm, and 50 μm to 125 μm. When the thickness of the base material is in such a range, the flexibility of the composite sheet for forming a protective film and the adhesiveness to a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor wafer are further improved.

基材可由一層(單層)構成,亦可由兩層以上之複數層構成。於基材由複數層構成之情形時,該等複數層相互可 相同亦可不同。此處,所謂「複數層相互可相同亦可不同」,意指與上述支持片之情形相同之含義。 The substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer), or may be composed of multiple layers of two or more layers. When the base material is composed of multiple layers, these multiple layers can mutually The same or different. Here, "plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other" means the same meaning as in the case of the above-mentioned support sheet.

於基材由複數層構成之情形時,各層的合計厚度可為上述較佳的基材的厚度。 When the base material is composed of a plurality of layers, the total thickness of each layer may be the thickness of the above-mentioned preferable base material.

基材中的具備黏著劑層的面(表面)的表面粗糙度Ra較佳為0.001μm至0.1μm,更佳為0.005μm至0.08μm,尤佳為0.01μm至0.04μm。藉由基材表面的前述表面粗糙度Ra為前述上限值以下,可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射印字。 The surface roughness Ra of the surface (surface) provided with the adhesive layer in the substrate is preferably from 0.001 μm to 0.1 μm, more preferably from 0.005 μm to 0.08 μm, especially preferably from 0.01 μm to 0.04 μm. When the said surface roughness Ra of the base material surface is below the said upper limit, laser printing can be performed more clearly on a protective film.

基材表面的前述表面粗糙度Ra例如可藉由基材之成形條件或基材之表面處理條件等進行調節。 The aforementioned surface roughness Ra of the substrate surface can be adjusted by, for example, molding conditions of the substrate, surface treatment conditions of the substrate, and the like.

再者,作為藉由切割將半導體晶圓單片化為半導體晶片之方法,例如可列舉利用以下切割之方法:使用刀片切入半導體晶圓之刀片切割、藉由雷射照射切入半導體晶圓之雷射切割、或藉由吹送包含研磨劑之水切入半導體晶圓之水切割等。 Furthermore, as a method of singulating a semiconductor wafer into semiconductor wafers by dicing, for example, a method using the following dicing: blade dicing using a blade to cut into a semiconductor wafer, laser irradiation to cut into a semiconductor wafer Jet cutting, or water cutting that cuts into semiconductor wafers by blowing water containing abrasives, etc.

另一方面,作為將半導體晶圓單片化為半導體晶片之方法,除利用該等切割之方法以外,亦可列舉以下方法:以聚焦於設定於半導體晶圓內部之焦點之方式,照射紅外區域之雷射光,於半導體晶圓內部形成改質層後,對該半導體晶圓施加力,藉此於形成前述改質層之部位,將半導體晶圓分割、單片化。 On the other hand, as a method of singulating a semiconductor wafer into semiconductor wafers, in addition to the above-mentioned dicing methods, the method of irradiating infrared region The laser light forms a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer, and then exerts force on the semiconductor wafer, thereby dividing and singulating the semiconductor wafer at the part where the modified layer is formed.

於基材表面的前述表面粗糙度Ra例如為0.01μm至0.2μm之情形時,具備此種基材之保護膜形成用複合片較佳於在上述半導體晶圓內部形成改質層並將半導體晶圓單片化時使用。 When the above-mentioned surface roughness Ra of the substrate surface is, for example, 0.01 μm to 0.2 μm, the composite sheet for forming a protective film having such a substrate is preferably used to form a modified layer inside the semiconductor wafer and separate the semiconductor wafer. Used for circular singulation.

另一方面,基材中的與具備黏著劑層之面(表面)為相反側的面(背面)的表面粗糙度Ra,換言之支持片中的與具備保護膜形成用膜之面(表面)為相反側的面(背面)的表面粗糙度Ra較佳為0.001μm至4μm,更佳為0.005μm至3.7μm,進一步較佳為0.01μm至3.4μm,尤佳為0.02μm至3.1μm。藉由基材背面的前述表面粗糙度Ra為前述上限值以下,可更容易地減小塗層中的與和支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra,從而更容易對保護膜清晰進行雷射印字。 On the other hand, the surface roughness Ra of the surface (back surface) opposite to the surface (surface) provided with the adhesive layer in the substrate, in other words, the surface (surface) provided with the film for forming a protective film in the support sheet is The surface roughness Ra of the opposite side (back surface) is preferably 0.001 μm to 4 μm, more preferably 0.005 μm to 3.7 μm, further preferably 0.01 μm to 3.4 μm, and particularly preferably 0.02 μm to 3.1 μm. By making the aforementioned surface roughness Ra of the backside of the substrate below the aforementioned upper limit, it is easier to reduce the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the coating opposite to the side in contact with the support sheet, thereby making it easier to The protective film is clearly laser printed.

基材背面的前述表面粗糙度Ra例如可藉由基材之成形條件或基材之表面處理條件等進行調節。 The above-mentioned surface roughness Ra of the back surface of the substrate can be adjusted by, for example, molding conditions of the substrate, surface treatment conditions of the substrate, and the like.

作為基材的材質之樹脂亦可經交聯。 The resin used as the material of the base material may also be cross-linked.

另外,以樹脂作為構成材料之基材可藉由熱塑性樹脂之擠出形成而片化,亦可經延伸,還可藉由硬化性樹脂的利用公知手段的薄層化及硬化而片化。 In addition, the base material made of resin may be formed into a sheet by extrusion of a thermoplastic resin, stretched, or formed into a sheet by thinning and curing of a curable resin by known means.

另外,基材可經著色,亦可被實施印刷。 In addition, the substrate can be colored or printed.

就耐熱性優異,且藉由具有適度的柔軟性而具有延伸 適性,拾取適性亦良好之方面而言,基材較佳為含有聚丙烯。 It is excellent in heat resistance and has elongation by having moderate flexibility In terms of good suitability and pick-up suitability, the base material preferably contains polypropylene.

含有聚丙烯之基材例如可為僅由聚丙烯構成之單層或複數層之基材,亦可為聚丙烯層與除聚丙烯以外的樹脂層積層而成之複數層(兩層以上)之基材。 The base material containing polypropylene may be, for example, a single-layer or multi-layer base material composed of only polypropylene, or a multi-layer (more than two layers) layer composed of a polypropylene layer and a resin layer other than polypropylene. Substrate.

於保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性之情形時,藉由基材具有耐熱性,可抑制基材之由熱引起之劣化,可有效抑制於半導體裝置的製造製程中產生不良情況。 When the film for forming a protective film is thermosetting, since the base material has heat resistance, the degradation of the base material due to heat can be suppressed, and it is possible to effectively suppress occurrence of defects in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices.

為了提高基材與設置於該基材上之黏著劑層或保護膜形成用膜之接著性,亦可對基材表面實施利用噴砂處理、溶劑處理等之凹凸化處理;電暈放電處理、電子束照射處理、電漿處理、臭氧/紫外線照射處理、火焰處理、鉻酸處理、熱風處理等氧化處理等。另外,亦可對基材表面進行底塗(primer)處理。 In order to improve the adhesion between the base material and the adhesive layer or protective film forming film provided on the base material, the surface of the base material can also be subjected to roughening treatment such as sandblasting treatment, solvent treatment, etc.; corona discharge treatment, electronic Beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone/ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, hot air treatment and other oxidation treatments. In addition, a primer treatment may be performed on the surface of the substrate.

‧黏著劑層 ‧Adhesive layer

前述黏著劑層可適宜使用公知的黏著劑層。 A well-known adhesive layer can be used suitably for the said adhesive layer.

黏著劑層可使用黏著劑組成物而形成,該黏著劑組成物用以構成該黏著劑層,且含有黏著劑等各種成分。黏著劑組成物中的常溫下不會氣化的成分彼此的含量比率通常與黏著劑層中的前述成分彼此的含量比率相同。再者,本說明書中,所謂「常溫」意指不特別冷或特別熱的溫度,亦即平常的溫度,例如可列舉15℃至25℃之溫度等。 The adhesive layer can be formed using an adhesive composition that constitutes the adhesive layer and contains various components such as an adhesive. The content ratio of the components that do not vaporize at normal temperature in the adhesive composition is usually the same as the content ratio of the aforementioned components in the adhesive layer. Furthermore, in this specification, "normal temperature" means a temperature that is neither particularly cold nor particularly hot, that is, an ordinary temperature, for example, a temperature of 15° C. to 25° C. can be mentioned.

黏著劑層的厚度可根據目的適宜選擇,較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為2μm至80μm,尤佳為3μm至50μm,例如可為3μm至35μm、3μm至20μm及3μm至10μm之任一者。 The thickness of the adhesive layer can be appropriately selected according to the purpose, preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 2 μm to 80 μm, especially preferably 3 μm to 50 μm, for example, any one of 3 μm to 35 μm, 3 μm to 20 μm, and 3 μm to 10 μm .

黏著劑層可由一層(單層)構成,亦可由兩層以上之複數層構成。於黏著劑層由複數層構成之情形時,該等複數層相互可相同亦可不同。此處,所謂「複數層相互可相同亦可不同」意指與上述支持片之情形相同之含義。 The adhesive layer may consist of one layer (single layer), or may consist of multiple layers of two or more layers. When the adhesive layer is composed of plural layers, these plural layers may be the same as or different from each other. Here, "a plurality of layers may be the same as or different from each other" means the same meaning as in the case of the above-mentioned support sheet.

於黏著劑層由複數層構成之情形時,各層的合計厚度可為上述較佳的黏著劑層的厚度。 When the adhesive layer is composed of a plurality of layers, the total thickness of each layer may be the thickness of the above-mentioned preferred adhesive layer.

作為前述黏著劑,例如可列舉:丙烯酸系樹脂、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂、橡膠系樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂、乙烯醚系樹脂等黏著性樹脂。另外,作為前述黏著劑,於以該黏著劑之功能之觀點進行分類之情形時,例如可列舉能量線硬化性樹脂等。 Examples of the adhesive include adhesive resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, and vinyl ether resins. Moreover, when classifying as said adhesive agent from the viewpoint of the function of the said adhesive agent, energy-beam curable resin etc. are mentioned, for example.

再者,本說明書中,所謂「能量線」意指具有能量量子的電磁波或帶電粒子束,作為該能量線的示例,可列舉紫外線、放射線、電子束等。紫外線例如可藉由使用高壓水銀燈、融合(Fusion)H型燈、氙氣燈、黑光燈或LED(Light Emitting Diode;發光二極體)燈等作為紫外線源進行照 射。電子束可照射藉由電子束加速器等產生之電子束。 In addition, in this specification, the term "energy ray" means an electromagnetic wave or a charged particle beam having an energy quantum, and examples of the energy ray include ultraviolet rays, radiation rays, electron beams, and the like. Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by using high-pressure mercury lamps, fusion (Fusion) H-type lamps, xenon lamps, black light lamps, or LED (Light Emitting Diode; Light Emitting Diode) lamps, etc. as ultraviolet light sources. shoot. The electron beam may be irradiated with an electron beam generated by an electron beam accelerator or the like.

另外,本說明書中,所謂「能量線硬化性」意指藉由照射能量線而硬化之性質,所謂「非能量線硬化性」意指即便照射能量線亦不硬化之性質。 In addition, in this specification, "energy ray curability" means the property of being cured by irradiation of energy ray, and "non-energy ray curability" means the property of not being cured even when irradiated with energy ray.

作為前述能量線硬化性樹脂,例如可列舉具有(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等聚合性基之樹脂。 Examples of the aforementioned energy ray curable resin include resins having polymerizable groups such as (meth)acryl groups and vinyl groups.

前述黏著性樹脂較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂,更佳為包含源自(甲基)丙烯酸酯之結構單元之(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物。 The aforementioned adhesive resin is preferably an acrylic resin, more preferably a (meth)acrylate copolymer containing a structural unit derived from (meth)acrylate.

關於前述黏著劑層,於含有能量線硬化性樹脂等藉由照射能量線而聚合之成分之情形時,成為能量線硬化性,藉由照射能量線使該黏著劑層之黏著性降低,而容易拾取後述附有保護膜之半導體晶片。此種黏著劑層例如可使用含有藉由照射能量線而聚合之成分之各種黏著劑組成物而形成。 When the above-mentioned adhesive layer contains a component that is polymerized by energy ray irradiation, such as an energy ray curable resin, it becomes energy ray curable, and the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer is lowered by irradiation of energy ray, and it is easy to Pick up the semiconductor wafer with protective film mentioned later. Such an adhesive layer can be formed using, for example, various adhesive compositions containing components polymerized by irradiation of energy rays.

<<黏著劑組成物>> <<Adhesive composition>>

作為較佳的前述黏著劑組成物,可列舉含有藉由照射能量線而聚合之成分之黏著劑組成物。作為此種黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉:含有丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物之組成物(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著劑組成物(i)」)、含有具有羥基且側鏈具有聚合性基之前述丙烯酸系樹脂及異氰酸酯系交聯劑之組成物(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著 劑組成物(ii)」)等。作為上述之具有羥基且側鏈具有聚合性基之丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉具有羥基且經由胺基甲酸酯鍵而於側鏈具有聚合性基之丙烯酸系樹脂等。 As a preferable said adhesive composition, the adhesive composition containing the component which polymerizes by irradiating an energy ray is mentioned. As such an adhesive composition, for example, a composition containing an acrylic resin and an energy ray polymerizable compound (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as "adhesive composition (i)"), a composition containing a hydroxyl group and a side chain having The composition of the aforementioned acrylic resin and isocyanate-based crosslinking agent with a polymeric group (hereinafter sometimes referred to simply as "adhesive") Agent composition (ii)"), etc. As an acrylic resin which has the said hydroxyl group and has a polymeric group in a side chain, the acrylic resin etc. which have a hydroxyl group and have a polymeric group in a side chain via a urethane bond are mentioned, for example.

<黏著劑組成物(i)> <Adhesive composition (i)>

黏著劑組成物(i)含有前述丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物作為必需成分。 The adhesive composition (i) contains the aforementioned acrylic resin and energy ray polymerizable compound as essential components.

以下,對各成分進行說明。 Hereinafter, each component is demonstrated.

[丙烯酸系樹脂] [acrylic resin]

作為黏著劑組成物(i)中較佳的前述丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉:使(甲基)丙烯酸酯與視需要使用之除(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外的單體作為單體進行聚合而獲得之(甲基)丙烯酸酯共聚物。 As a preferable acrylic resin in the adhesive composition (i), for example, one obtained by polymerizing (meth)acrylate and, if necessary, a monomer other than (meth)acrylate is mentioned. The obtained (meth)acrylate copolymer.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸異十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸異硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯醯亞胺;(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Examples of the (meth)acrylates include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Pentyl ester, hexyl (meth)acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, ( n-nonyl methacrylate, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate ((meth)acrylate ) lauryl acrylate), tridecyl (meth)acrylate, myristyl (meth)acrylate (myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, ( Meth)acrylic cetyl (meth)acrylate (palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, stearyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate), (meth)acrylate Base) isostearyl acrylate (isostearyl (meth)acrylate) and other alkyl (meth)acrylates in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester is a chain structure with 1 to 18 carbon atoms; Cycloalkyl (meth)acrylates such as isobornyl methacrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate; aralkyl (meth)acrylates such as benzyl (meth)acrylate; (meth) Cycloalkenyl (meth)acrylates such as dicyclopentenyl acrylate; Cycloalkenyloxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylic acid Imine; glycidyl (meth)acrylate and other glycidyl-containing (meth)acrylates; hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid 2 -Hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Hydroxyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外的單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、衣康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯、N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等。 As a monomer other than the said (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, N-methylol acrylamide etc. are mentioned, for example.

構成丙烯酸系樹脂之前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯、除前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外的單體等各種單體均可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 Various monomers, such as the said (meth)acrylate which comprises an acrylic resin, and monomers other than the said (meth)acrylate, may be only 1 type, and may be 2 or more types.

黏著劑組成物(i)所含有之丙烯酸系樹脂可僅為1 種,亦可為2種以上。 The acrylic resin contained in the adhesive composition (i) can be only 1 species, or more than two species.

黏著劑組成物(i)中的丙烯酸系樹脂的含量相對於黏著劑組成物(i)中的溶劑以外的全部含有成分的總量,較佳為40質量%至99質量%,更佳為50質量%至91質量%。 The content of the acrylic resin in the adhesive composition (i) is preferably 40% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 50% by mass relative to the total amount of all components other than the solvent in the adhesive composition (i). % by mass to 91% by mass.

[能量線聚合性化合物] [Energy Ray Polymer Compound]

前述能量線聚合性化合物係藉由照射能量線進行聚合而硬化之化合物,作為該化合物的示例,可列舉於分子內具有能量線硬化性雙鍵等能量線聚合性基之化合物。 The aforementioned energy ray polymerizable compound is a compound that is polymerized and cured by irradiation with energy ray, and examples of the compound include compounds having energy ray polymerizable groups such as energy ray curable double bonds in the molecule.

作為前述能量線聚合性化合物,例如可列舉具有能量線聚合性基之低分子量化合物(單官能或多官能之單體及低聚物)。 Examples of the aforementioned energy ray polymerizable compound include low molecular weight compounds (monofunctional or polyfunctional monomers and oligomers) having an energy ray polymerizable group.

作為前述能量線聚合性化合物,更具體而言,例如可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇單羥基五丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二丙烯酸酯等丙烯酸酯;二環戊二烯二甲氧基二丙烯酸酯等含環狀脂肪族骨架之丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二丙烯酸酯、寡酯丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物、環氧改性丙烯酸酯、聚醚丙烯酸酯、衣康酸低聚物等丙烯酸酯系化合物等。 More specifically, examples of the energy ray polymerizable compound include trimethylolpropane triacrylate, tetramethylolmethane tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol Hexaacrylate, 1,4-butanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate and other acrylates; dicyclopentadiene dimethoxy diacrylate and other acrylic acid containing cycloaliphatic skeleton esters; acrylate compounds such as polyethylene glycol diacrylate, oligoester acrylate, urethane acrylate oligomer, epoxy-modified acrylate, polyether acrylate, itaconic acid oligomer, etc.

前述能量線聚合性化合物的分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。 The molecular weight of the aforementioned energy ray polymerizable compound is preferably from 100 to 30,000, more preferably from 300 to 10,000.

黏著劑組成物(i)所含有之能量線聚合性化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The energy ray polymerizable compound contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be only one type, or may be two or more types.

黏著劑組成物(i)中的能量線聚合性化合物的含量相對於前述丙烯酸系樹脂的含量100質量份,較佳為1質量份至125質量份,更佳為10質量份至125質量份。 The content of the energy ray polymerizable compound in the adhesive composition (i) is preferably 1 to 125 parts by mass, more preferably 10 to 125 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the acrylic resin content.

[光聚合起始劑] [Photopolymerization Initiator]

黏著劑組成物(i)除前述丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物以外,亦可含有光聚合起始劑。 The adhesive composition (i) may contain a photopolymerization initiator in addition to the aforementioned acrylic resin and energy ray polymerizable compound.

前述光聚合起始劑可為公知的光聚合起始劑。 The aforementioned photopolymerization initiator may be a known photopolymerization initiator.

作為前述光聚合起始劑,具體而言,例如可列舉:4-(2-羥基乙氧基)苯基(2-羥基-2-丙基)酮、α-羥基-α,α'-二甲基苯乙酮、2-甲基-2-羥基苯丙酮、1-羥基環己基苯基酮、2-羥基-1-{4-[4-(2-羥基-2-甲基-丙醯基)-苄基]苯基}-2-甲基-丙烷-1-酮等α-酮醇系化合物;甲氧基苯乙酮、2,2-二甲氧基-2-苯基苯乙酮、2,2-二乙氧基苯乙酮、2-甲基-1-[4-(甲硫基)苯基]-2-嗎啉(morpholine)基丙烷-1-酮等苯乙酮系化合物;安息香乙醚、安息香異丙醚、大茴香偶姻甲醚等安息香醚系化合物;苯偶醯二甲基縮酮等縮酮系化合物;2-萘磺醯氯等芳香族磺醯氯系化合物;1-苯酮-1,1- 丙二酮-2-(鄰乙氧基羰基)肟等光活性肟系化合物;二苯甲酮、苯甲醯苯甲酸、3,3'-二甲基-4-甲氧基二苯甲酮等二苯甲酮系化合物;噻噸酮(thioxanthone)、2-氯噻噸酮、2-甲基噻噸酮、2,4-二甲基噻噸酮、異丙基噻噸酮、2,4-二氯噻噸酮、2,4-二乙基噻噸酮、2,4-二異丙基噻噸酮等噻噸酮系化合物;樟腦醌;鹵代酮;醯基氧化膦;醯基膦酸鹽/酯等。 Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator include 4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl(2-hydroxy-2-propyl)ketone, α-hydroxy-α,α′-di Methylacetophenone, 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropiophenone, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenylketone, 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl Base)-benzyl]phenyl}-2-methyl-propan-1-one and other α-ketol compounds; methoxyacetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylphenethyl Acetophenones such as ketones, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholine propan-1-one Benzoin ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, anisoin methyl ether and other benzoin ether compounds; benzoyl dimethyl ketal and other ketal compounds; 2-naphthalenesulfonyl chloride and other aromatic sulfonyl chlorides Compound; 1-Benzone-1,1- Photoactive oxime compounds such as propanedione-2-(o-ethoxycarbonyl)oxime; benzophenone, benzoylbenzoic acid, 3,3'-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone Benzophenone compounds such as thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, 2,4-dimethylthioxanthone, isopropylthioxanthone, 2, 4-dichlorothioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-diisopropylthioxanthone and other thioxanthone compounds; camphorquinone; halogenated ketones; acyl phosphine oxide; acyl Phosphonates/esters etc.

黏著劑組成物(i)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be only one type, or may be two or more types.

於使用光聚合起始劑之情形時,黏著劑組成物(i)中的光聚合起始劑的含量相對於前述能量線聚合性化合物的含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份至10質量份,更佳為1質量份至5質量份。藉由光聚合起始劑的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得充分的由使用光聚合起始劑所帶來之功效。另外,藉由光聚合起始劑的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制由過量的光聚合起始劑產生副生成分,從而使黏著劑層更良好地進行硬化。 When using a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (i) is preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray polymerizable compound. parts, more preferably 1 to 5 parts by mass. When the said content of a photoinitiator is more than the said lower limit, the effect by using a photoinitiator sufficient can be acquired. Moreover, when the said content of a photoinitiator is below the said upper limit, generation|occurrence|production of by-product components by an excess photoinitiator can be suppressed, and an adhesive layer can be hardened more favorably.

[交聯劑] [Crosslinking agent]

黏著劑組成物(i)除前述丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物以外,亦可含有交聯劑。 The adhesive composition (i) may contain a crosslinking agent in addition to the aforementioned acrylic resin and energy ray polymerizable compound.

作為前述交聯劑,例如可列舉:有機多元異氰酸酯化 合物、有機多元亞胺化合物等。 Examples of the aforementioned crosslinking agent include: organic polyvalent isocyanate Compounds, organic polyimine compounds, etc.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,例如可列舉:芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物及該等化合物的三聚物、異氰脲酸酯體及加合物;使前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物與多元醇化合物反應而獲得之末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物等。前述加合物意指前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物,與乙二醇、丙二醇、新戊二醇、三羥甲基丙烷或蓖麻油等含低分子活性氫化合物之反應物。 Examples of the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound include aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, and trimers, isocyanurate bodies, and adducts of these compounds; An isocyanate-terminated urethane prepolymer obtained by reacting the aforementioned aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, or alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound with a polyol compound. The aforementioned adduct means that the aforementioned aromatic polyisocyanate compound, aliphatic polyisocyanate compound or alicyclic polyisocyanate compound is mixed with ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane or castor oil, etc. Reactant of active hydrogen compounds.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,更具體而言,例如可列舉:2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯;2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯;1,3-苯二甲基二異氰酸酯;1,4-二甲苯二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;3-甲基二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯;六亞甲基二異氰酸酯;異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;對三羥甲基丙烷等多元醇的全部或一部分羥基,加成甲苯二異氰酸酯及六亞甲基二異氰酸酯的任一者或兩者而成之化合物;離胺酸二異氰酸酯等。 As the aforementioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, more specifically, for example, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate; 2,6-toluene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; Isocyanate; Diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; Diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-Methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; Hexamethylene diisocyanate; Isophorone Diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; all or part of the hydroxyl groups of polyols such as trimethylolpropane, addition of toluene diisocyanate and Any one or two compounds of hexamethylene diisocyanate; lysine diisocyanate, etc.

作為前述有機多元亞胺化合物,例如可列舉:N,N'-二苯基甲烷-4,4'-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)、三羥甲基丙烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、N,N'-甲苯-2,4-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)三伸乙基三聚氰胺等。 Examples of the aforementioned organic polyimine compound include N,N'-diphenylmethane-4,4'-bis(1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri-β-nitrogen Pyridylpropionate, tetramethylolmethane-tris-β-aziridinylpropionate, N,N'-toluene-2,4-bis(1-aziridinecarboxamide) triethylene base melamine etc.

於使用異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑之情形時,作為丙烯酸系樹脂,較佳為使用含羥基之聚合物。於交聯劑具有異氰酸酯基且丙烯酸系樹脂具有羥基之情形時,可藉由該等異氰酸酯基與羥基之反應,而將交聯結構簡便地導入至黏著劑層中。 When using an isocyanate compound as a crosslinking agent, it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as an acrylic resin. When the crosslinking agent has an isocyanate group and the acrylic resin has a hydroxyl group, the crosslinking structure can be easily introduced into the adhesive layer through the reaction between the isocyanate group and the hydroxyl group.

黏著劑組成物(i)所含有之交聯劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be only one type, or may be two or more types.

於使用交聯劑之情形時,黏著劑組成物(i)中的交聯劑的含量相對於前述丙烯酸系樹脂的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至16質量份。 When using a crosslinking agent, the content of the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (i) is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 Parts by mass to 16 parts by mass.

[溶劑] [solvent]

黏著劑組成物(i)較佳為除前述丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物以外,進一步含有溶劑。 The adhesive composition (i) preferably further contains a solvent in addition to the aforementioned acrylic resin and energy ray polymerizable compound.

前述溶劑並無特別限定。 The aforementioned solvent is not particularly limited.

作為較佳的前述溶劑,例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等醇;乙酸乙酯等酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮;四氫呋喃等醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 Examples of preferable solvents include: hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), and 1-butanol; acetic acid Esters such as ethyl esters; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; amides (compounds with amide bonds) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone, etc.

黏著劑組成物(i)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be only one type, or may be two or more types.

於黏著劑組成物(i)含有溶劑之情形時,黏著劑組成物(i)中的溶劑的含量較佳為40質量%至90質量%,更佳為50質量%至80質量%。 When the adhesive composition (i) contains a solvent, the content of the solvent in the adhesive composition (i) is preferably from 40% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably from 50% by mass to 80% by mass.

[其他成分] [other ingredients]

黏著劑組成物(i)中,除前述丙烯酸系樹脂及能量線聚合性化合物以外,亦可在無損本發明的功效之範圍內,含有不屬於前述光聚合起始劑、交聯劑及溶劑之其他成分。 In the adhesive composition (i), in addition to the above-mentioned acrylic resin and energy ray polymerizable compound, it may also contain substances other than the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator, crosslinking agent, and solvent within the range that does not impair the efficacy of the present invention. other ingredients.

前述其他成分可為公知的成分,可根據目的任意選擇,並無特別限定。作為較佳的前述其他成分,例如可列舉:染料、顏料、抗劣化劑、抗靜電劑、阻燃劑、聚矽氧化合物、鏈轉移劑等各種添加劑。 The aforementioned other components may be known components, and may be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and are not particularly limited. Examples of preferable other components include various additives such as dyes, pigments, anti-deterioration agents, antistatic agents, flame retardants, silicone compounds, and chain transfer agents.

黏著劑組成物(i)所含有之前述其他成分可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The aforementioned other components contained in the adhesive composition (i) may be only one type, or may be two or more types.

<黏著劑組成物(ii)> <Adhesive composition (ii)>

黏著劑組成物(ii)含有丙烯酸系樹脂及異氰酸酯系交聯劑作為必需成分,前述丙烯酸系樹脂具有羥基且於側鏈具有聚合性基。此處,作為前述丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉:具有羥基且經由胺基甲酸酯鍵而於側鏈具有聚合性基之丙烯酸系樹脂等。 The adhesive composition (ii) contains an acrylic resin and an isocyanate crosslinking agent as essential components, and the acrylic resin has a hydroxyl group and a polymerizable group in a side chain. Here, as said acrylic resin, the acrylic resin which has a hydroxyl group and has a polymeric group in a side chain via a urethane bond, etc. are mentioned, for example.

於使用黏著劑組成物(ii)之情形時,藉由丙烯酸系樹脂於側鏈具有聚合性基,相較於如黏著劑組成物(i)之情形般,使用能量線聚合性化合物,藉由照射能量線進行聚合反應之情形而言,因聚合反應(硬化)後的黏著劑層的黏著性降低而自被黏著體之剝離性提高,附有保護膜之半導體晶片之拾取性提高。 In the case of using the adhesive composition (ii), since the acrylic resin has a polymerizable group in the side chain, compared to the case of the adhesive composition (i), using an energy ray polymerizable compound, by When the polymerization reaction is carried out by irradiating energy rays, since the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer after the polymerization reaction (hardening) is lowered, the detachability from the adherend is improved, and the pick-up performance of the semiconductor wafer with a protective film is improved.

再者,本說明書中,關於黏著劑組成物(ii)中的「丙烯酸系樹脂」之記載,只要無特別說明,則意指「於側鏈具有聚合性基之丙烯酸系樹脂」。 In addition, in this specification, description about the "acrylic resin" in the adhesive composition (ii) means "an acrylic resin having a polymerizable group in a side chain" unless otherwise specified.

[丙烯酸系樹脂] [acrylic resin]

作為上述之於側鏈具有聚合性基之丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉以下述方式獲得之丙烯酸系樹脂:使作為單體之不具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯(本說明書中,有時稱為「不含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯」),與具有羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯(本說明書中,有時稱為「含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯」)等含羥基之化合物進行共聚合,而獲得含羥基之共聚物,使所獲得之含羥基之共聚物的羥基,與具有異氰酸酯基及聚合性基之化合物的異氰酸酯基反應,而形成胺基甲酸酯 鍵,從而獲得丙烯酸系樹脂。 Examples of the aforementioned acrylic resin having a polymerizable group in the side chain include acrylic resins obtained by making a (meth)acrylate (in this specification, sometimes referred to as "Hydroxyl-free (meth)acrylates"), and hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylates (in this specification, sometimes referred to as "hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylates"), etc. The compound is copolymerized to obtain a hydroxyl-containing copolymer, and the hydroxyl group of the obtained hydroxyl-containing copolymer reacts with the isocyanate group of the compound having an isocyanate group and a polymerizable group to form a carbamate bond to obtain an acrylic resin.

作為前述不含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:黏著劑組成物(i)中的(甲基)丙烯酸酯中除含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外的(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 Examples of the (meth)acrylates not containing a hydroxyl group include (meth)acrylic acid esters other than hydroxyl group-containing (meth)acrylates among the (meth)acrylates in the adhesive composition (i). ester.

另外,作為前述含羥基之化合物,可列舉:與黏著劑組成物(i)中的含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯相同之化合物。 Moreover, as the said hydroxyl-containing compound, the compound similar to the hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylate in adhesive composition (i) is mentioned.

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂之不含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯及含羥基之化合物可分別僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The (meth)acrylate which does not contain a hydroxyl group and the compound which contains a hydroxyl group which comprise the said acrylic resin may each be only 1 type, and may be 2 or more types.

作為前述具有異氰酸酯基及聚合性基之化合物,例如可列舉:異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯等含異氰酸酯基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Examples of the compound having an isocyanate group and a polymerizable group include isocyanate group-containing (meth)acrylates such as 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate.

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂之前述具有異氰酸酯基及聚合性基之化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The compound which has the said isocyanate group and a polymeric group which comprises the said acrylic resin may be only 1 type, and may be 2 or more types.

黏著劑組成物(ii)所含有之丙烯酸系樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The acrylic resin contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be only one type, or may be two or more types.

黏著劑組成物(ii)中的丙烯酸系樹脂的含量相對於黏著劑組成物(ii)中的溶劑以外的全部含有成分的總量,較佳為80質量%至99質量%,更佳為90質量%至97質量%。 The content of the acrylic resin in the adhesive composition (ii) is preferably 80% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 90% by mass relative to the total amount of all components other than the solvent in the adhesive composition (ii). % by mass to 97% by mass.

[異氰酸酯系交聯劑] [Isocyanate crosslinking agent]

作為前述異氰酸酯系交聯劑,例如可列舉:與黏著劑組成物(i)中的作為交聯劑之前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物相同之化合物。 As said isocyanate crosslinking agent, the compound similar to the said organic polyvalent isocyanate compound which is a crosslinking agent in adhesive composition (i) is mentioned, for example.

黏著劑組成物(ii)所含有之異氰酸酯系交聯劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The isocyanate-based crosslinking agent contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be only one type, or may be two or more types.

黏著劑組成物(ii)中的異氰酸酯系交聯劑所具有之異氰酸酯基的莫耳數相對於黏著劑組成物(ii)中的丙烯酸系樹脂所具有之羥基的莫耳數,較佳為0.2倍至3倍。藉由異氰酸酯基的前述莫耳數為前述下限值以上,因硬化後的黏著劑層的黏著性降低而自被黏著體之剝離性提高,附有保護膜之半導體晶片之拾取性提高。另外,藉由異氰酸酯基的前述莫耳數為前述上限值以下,可進一步抑制因異氰酸酯系交聯劑彼此之反應而產生副產物。 The number of moles of isocyanate groups contained in the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (ii) relative to the number of moles of hydroxyl groups contained in the acrylic resin in the adhesive composition (ii) is preferably 0.2 times to 3 times. When the said molar number of an isocyanate group is more than the said lower limit, since the adhesiveness of the adhesive layer after hardening falls, the detachability from an adherend improves, and the pick-up property of the semiconductor wafer with a protective film improves. Moreover, when the said number of moles of an isocyanate group is below the said upper limit, generation|occurrence|production of by-products by reaction of isocyanate type crosslinking agents can be suppressed further.

黏著劑組成物(ii)中的異氰酸酯系交聯劑的含量較佳為以使異氰酸酯基的莫耳數成為如上述之範圍之方式適宜調節。 The content of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (ii) is preferably adjusted appropriately so that the number of moles of isocyanate groups falls within the above range.

再者,黏著劑組成物(ii)中的異氰酸酯系交聯劑的含量滿足此種異氰酸酯基的莫耳數之條件,並且相對於丙烯酸系樹脂的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至15質量份,尤佳為0.3質量份至12質量份。 Furthermore, the content of the isocyanate-based crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (ii) satisfies the condition of the number of moles of such isocyanate groups, and is preferably 0.01 parts by mass to 100 parts by mass of the content of the acrylic resin. 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15 parts by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 12 parts by mass.

[光聚合起始劑] [Photopolymerization Initiator]

黏著劑組成物(ii)中,除前述丙烯酸系樹脂及異氰酸酯系交聯劑以外,亦可含有光聚合起始劑。 The adhesive composition (ii) may contain a photopolymerization initiator in addition to the above-mentioned acrylic resin and isocyanate crosslinking agent.

作為前述光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉與黏著劑組成物(i)之情形相同之光聚合起始劑。 As said photoinitiator, the photoinitiator similar to the case of the adhesive composition (i), for example is mentioned.

黏著劑組成物(ii)所含有之光聚合起始劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be only one type, or may be two or more types.

於使用光聚合起始劑之情形時,黏著劑組成物(ii)中的光聚合起始劑的含量相對於丙烯酸系樹脂的含量100質量份,較佳為0.05質量份至20質量份。藉由光聚合起始劑的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得充分的由使用光聚合起始劑所帶來之功效。另外,藉由光聚合起始劑的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制由過量的光聚合起始劑產生副生成分,從而使黏著劑層更良好地進行硬化。 When using a photopolymerization initiator, the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (ii) is preferably 0.05 to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the acrylic resin. When the said content of a photoinitiator is more than the said lower limit, the effect by using a photoinitiator sufficient can be acquired. Moreover, when the said content of a photoinitiator is below the said upper limit, generation|occurrence|production of by-product components by an excess photoinitiator can be suppressed, and an adhesive layer can be hardened more favorably.

[溶劑] [solvent]

黏著劑組成物(ii)較佳為除前述丙烯酸系樹脂及異氰酸酯系交聯劑以外,進一步含有溶劑。 The adhesive composition (ii) preferably further contains a solvent in addition to the aforementioned acrylic resin and isocyanate crosslinking agent.

作為前述溶劑,例如可列舉與黏著劑組成物(i)之情形相同之溶劑。 As said solvent, the thing similar to the case of the adhesive composition (i) is mentioned, for example.

黏著劑組成物(ii)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The solvent contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds.

於黏著劑組成物(ii)含有溶劑之情形時,黏著劑組成物(ii)中的溶劑的含量較佳為40質量%至90質量%,更佳為50質量%至80質量%。 When the adhesive composition (ii) contains a solvent, the content of the solvent in the adhesive composition (ii) is preferably from 40% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably from 50% by mass to 80% by mass.

[其他成分] [other ingredients]

黏著劑組成物(ii)中,除前述丙烯酸系樹脂及異氰酸酯系交聯劑以外,亦可在無損本發明的功效之範圍內,含有不符合前述光聚合起始劑及溶劑之其他成分。 In the adhesive composition (ii), in addition to the above-mentioned acrylic resin and isocyanate-based crosslinking agent, other components that do not meet the above-mentioned photopolymerization initiator and solvent may also be contained within the range that does not impair the efficacy of the present invention.

作為前述其他成分,例如可列舉與黏著劑組成物(i)之情形相同之成分。 As said other component, the thing similar to the case of the adhesive agent composition (i) is mentioned, for example.

黏著劑組成物(ii)所含有之前述其他成分可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The aforementioned other components contained in the adhesive composition (ii) may be only one type, or two or more types.

至此,對含有藉由照射能量線而聚合之成分之黏著劑組成物進行了說明,但形成黏著劑層時,亦可使用不含藉由照射能量線而聚合之成分之黏著劑組成物。亦即,黏著劑層亦可為不具有能量線硬化性之非能量線硬化性。 So far, the adhesive composition containing the component that polymerizes by irradiating energy rays has been described, but when forming the adhesive layer, an adhesive composition that does not contain a component that polymerizes by irradiating energy rays can also be used. That is, the adhesive layer may be non-energy ray curable without energy ray curability.

作為較佳的此種非能量線硬化性黏著劑組成物,例如可列舉含有丙烯酸系樹脂及交聯劑之組成物(以下,有時簡稱為「黏著劑組成物(iii)」)等。黏著劑組成物(iii)亦可含有溶劑、不符合溶劑之其他成分等任意成分。 Such a preferable non-energy ray-curable adhesive composition includes, for example, a composition containing an acrylic resin and a crosslinking agent (hereinafter, may be simply referred to as "adhesive composition (iii)") and the like. The adhesive composition (iii) may contain optional components such as solvents and other components not compatible with solvents.

<黏著劑組成物(iii)> <Adhesive composition (iii)>

黏著劑組成物(iii)所含有之前述丙烯酸系樹脂、交聯劑、溶劑及其他成分分別與黏著劑組成物(i)中的丙烯酸系樹脂、交聯劑、溶劑及其他成分相同。 The aforementioned acrylic resin, crosslinking agent, solvent and other components contained in the adhesive composition (iii) are the same as the acrylic resin, crosslinking agent, solvent and other components in the adhesive composition (i).

黏著劑組成物(iii)中的丙烯酸系樹脂的含量相對於黏著劑組成物(iii)中的溶劑以外的全部含有成分的總量,較佳為40質量%至99質量%,更佳為50質量%至93質量%。 The content of the acrylic resin in the adhesive composition (iii) is preferably 40% by mass to 99% by mass, more preferably 50% by mass relative to the total amount of all components other than the solvent in the adhesive composition (iii). % by mass to 93% by mass.

黏著劑組成物(iii)中的交聯劑的含量相對於丙烯酸系樹脂的含量100質量份,較佳為3質量份至30質量份,更佳為5質量份至25質量份。 The content of the crosslinking agent in the adhesive composition (iii) is preferably 3 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 25 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the acrylic resin.

黏著劑組成物(iii)除上述方面以外與黏著劑組成物(i)相同。 The adhesive composition (iii) is the same as the adhesive composition (i) except for the above points.

<<黏著劑組成物的製造方法>> <<Manufacturing method of adhesive composition>>

黏著劑組成物(i)至黏著劑組成物(iii)等前述黏著劑組成物可藉由下述方式而獲得:將前述黏著劑、視需要之除前述黏著劑以外的成分等用以構成各黏著劑組成物之成分加以調配。 The aforementioned adhesive compositions such as the adhesive composition (i) to the adhesive composition (iii) can be obtained by using the aforementioned adhesive, components other than the aforementioned adhesive, etc. as necessary to constitute each The components of the adhesive composition are formulated.

調配各成分時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上之成分。 The order of addition of each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time.

調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,自以下公知的方法中適宜選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行 混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 There are no particular limitations on the method of mixing the ingredients during preparation, and it may be appropriately selected from the following known methods: rotating a stirring bar or a stirring blade, etc. Method of mixing; method of mixing using a mixer; method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves, etc.

關於添加及混合各成分時的溫度及時間,只要不會使各調配成分劣化,則並無特別限定,適宜調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 The temperature and time for adding and mixing the components are not particularly limited as long as the components are not degraded, and may be adjusted appropriately. The temperature is preferably 15°C to 30°C.

○保護膜形成用膜 ○Film for protective film formation

前述保護膜形成用膜可為熱硬化性及能量線硬化性之任一種。保護膜形成用膜經由硬化而最終成為耐衝擊性高的保護膜。該保護膜例如防止切割步驟以後之半導體晶片中產生龜裂。 The film for forming a protective film may be any of thermosetting properties and energy ray curing properties. The film for protective film formation finally becomes a protective film with high impact resistance through curing. The protective film prevents, for example, cracks from occurring in the semiconductor wafer after the dicing step.

保護膜形成用膜可使用後述之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物或能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(以下,有時將該等統稱為「保護膜形成用組成物」)而形成。 The film for forming a protective film can be formed using a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film or a composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film (hereinafter, these may be collectively referred to as "composition for forming a protective film") which will be described later. .

保護膜形成用膜可僅為一層(單層),亦可為兩層以上之複數層,於為複數層之情形時,該等複數層相互可相同亦可不同,該等複數層之組合並無特別限定。 The film for protective film formation may be only one layer (single layer), or may be multiple layers of two or more layers. In the case of multiple layers, these multiple layers may be the same or different from each other. The combination of these multiple layers No particular limitation.

保護膜形成用膜的厚度並無特別限定,較佳為1μm至100μm,更佳為5μm至75μm,尤佳為5μm至50μm。藉由保護膜形成用膜的厚度為前述下限值以上,對作為被黏著體之半導體晶圓及半導體晶片之接著力變得更大。另外,藉由保護膜形成用膜的厚度為前述上限值 以下,在拾取半導體晶片時,利用剪切力,可將作為硬化物之保護膜更容易地切斷。 Although the thickness of the film for protective film formation is not specifically limited, Preferably it is 1 micrometer - 100 micrometers, More preferably, it is 5 micrometers - 75 micrometers, Most preferably, it is 5 micrometers - 50 micrometers. When the thickness of the film for protective film formation is more than the said lower limit, the adhesive force with respect to the semiconductor wafer which is an adherend, and a semiconductor wafer becomes larger. In addition, when the thickness of the film for protective film formation is the aforementioned upper limit Next, when picking up a semiconductor wafer, the protective film which is a cured product can be cut more easily by utilizing shearing force.

‧熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜 ‧Film for thermosetting protective film formation

作為較佳的熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜,例如可列舉含有聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之膜。聚合物成分(A)係被視為聚合性化合物進行聚合反應而形成之成分。另外,熱硬化性成分(B)係可將熱作為反應之觸發(trigger)而進行硬化(聚合)反應之成分。再者,本發明中,聚合反應中亦包括縮聚反應。 As a preferable film for thermosetting protective film formation, the film containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B) is mentioned, for example. The polymer component (A) is regarded as a component formed by polymerizing a polymerizable compound. Moreover, a thermosetting component (B) is a component which can perform a hardening (polymerization) reaction using heat as a reaction trigger (trigger). Furthermore, in the present invention, the polycondensation reaction is also included in the polymerization reaction.

<<熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物>> <<Thermosetting protective film forming composition>>

熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜可使用含有該熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的構成材料之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物而形成。例如,於熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜之形成對象面塗敷熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,視需要使之乾燥,藉此可於目標部位形成熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜。熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物中的常溫下不會氣化的成分彼此的含量比率通常與熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的前述成分彼此的含量比率相同。此處,所謂「常溫」,如上文所說明。 The film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be formed using a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film containing a constituent material of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film. For example, a thermosetting protective film-forming film can be formed on a target portion by applying a thermosetting protective film-forming composition to a surface to be formed of a thermosetting protective film-forming film and drying it if necessary. The content ratio of the components which do not vaporize at normal temperature in the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film is generally the same as the content ratio of the above-mentioned components in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film. Here, the term "normal temperature" is as described above.

利用公知的方法塗敷熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物即可,例如可列舉使用以下各種塗佈機之方法:氣刀塗佈 機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模具塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、絲網塗佈機、繞線(meyer)棒式塗佈機、接觸式塗佈機等。 What is necessary is to apply the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film by a known method, for example, the method of using the following various coating machines: air knife coating Machine, Blade Coater, Rod Coater, Gravure Coater, Roll Coater, Roller Knife Coater, Curtain Coater, Die Coater, Knife Coater, Screen Coater Coater, Meyer rod coater, contact coater, etc.

熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,於熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物含有後述溶劑之情形時,較佳為進行加熱乾燥。含有溶劑之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物例如較佳為於70℃至130℃且10秒至5分鐘之條件下進行乾燥。 The drying conditions of the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film are not particularly limited, but when the composition for forming a thermosetting protective film contains a solvent described later, it is preferable to perform heat drying. The composition for forming a thermosetting protective film containing a solvent is, for example, preferably dried at 70° C. to 130° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.

<保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)> <Protective film forming composition (III-1)>

作為熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,例如可列舉含有聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)(本說明書中,有時簡稱為「保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)」)等。 As a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film, for example, a composition for forming a thermosetting protective film (III-1) containing a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B) can be mentioned (in this specification, there is sometimes referred to simply as "protective film-forming composition (III-1)") and the like.

[聚合物成分(A)] [Polymer component (A)]

聚合物成分(A)係用以對熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜賦予造膜性或可撓性等之聚合物化合物。 The polymer component (A) is a polymer compound for imparting film-forming properties, flexibility, etc. to the film for forming a thermosetting protective film.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之聚合物成分(A)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The polymer component (A) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds , the combination and ratio of these can be chosen arbitrarily.

作為聚合物成分(A),例如可列舉:丙烯酸系樹脂(具 有(甲基)丙烯醯基之樹脂)、聚酯、胺基甲酸酯系樹脂(具有胺基甲酸酯鍵之樹脂)、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚矽氧系樹脂(具有矽氧烷鍵之樹脂)、橡膠系樹脂(具有橡膠結構之樹脂)、苯氧基樹脂、熱硬化性聚醯亞胺等,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂。 As the polymer component (A), for example, acrylic resin (with Resins with (meth)acryl groups), polyesters, urethane resins (resins with urethane bonds), acrylic urethane resins, polysiloxane resins (with silicon oxyalkylene bonds), rubber-based resins (resins with a rubber structure), phenoxy resins, thermosetting polyimides, etc., preferably acrylic resins.

作為聚合物成分(A)中的前述丙烯酸系樹脂,可列舉公知的丙烯酸系聚合物。 As said acrylic resin in a polymer component (A), a well-known acrylic polymer is mentioned.

丙烯酸系樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10000至2000000,更佳為100000至1500000。藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的重量平均分子量為前述下限值以上,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的形狀穩定性(保管時的經時穩定性)提高。另外,藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的重量平均分子量為前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜變得易於追隨被黏著體的凹凸面,可進一步抑制於被黏著體與熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜之間產生孔隙(void)等。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin is preferably from 10,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably from 100,000 to 1,500,000. When the weight average molecular weight of an acrylic resin is more than the said lower limit, the shape stability (time-dependent stability at the time of storage) of the film for thermosetting protective film formation improves. In addition, when the weight-average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is not more than the above-mentioned upper limit, the film for forming a thermosetting protective film becomes easy to follow the uneven surface of the adherend, and the adhesion between the adherend and the thermosetting protective film can be further suppressed. Voids and the like are generated between the films for formation.

丙烯酸系樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為-60℃至70℃,更佳為-30℃至50℃。藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的Tg為前述下限值以上,可抑制保護膜與支持片之接著力,支持片之剝離性提高。另外,藉由丙烯酸系樹脂的Tg為前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜及保護膜與被黏著體之接著力提高。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the acrylic resin is preferably -60°C to 70°C, more preferably -30°C to 50°C. When Tg of an acrylic resin is more than the said lower limit, the adhesive force of a protective film and a support sheet can be suppressed, and the peelability of a support sheet improves. Moreover, when Tg of an acrylic resin is below the said upper limit, the adhesive force of the film for thermosetting protective film formation, a protective film, and an adherend improves.

作為丙烯酸系樹脂,例如可列舉:1種或2種以上之(甲基)丙烯酸酯之聚合物;選自(甲基)丙烯酸、衣康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等中之2種以上之單體之共聚物等。 As the acrylic resin, for example, one or more polymers of (meth)acrylates; selected from (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene and N- Copolymers of two or more monomers such as methylolacrylamide, etc.

作為構成丙烯酸系樹脂之前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯醯亞胺;(甲基) 丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此處,所謂「取代胺基」意指胺基之1個或2個氫原子被氫原子以外的基取代而成之基。 Examples of the (meth)acrylate constituting the acrylic resin include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, and isopropyl (meth)acrylate. ester, n-butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second-butyl (meth)acrylate, third-butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate base) hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-(meth)acrylate Nonyl, isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, lauryl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate) , Tridecyl (meth)acrylate, Myristyl (meth)acrylate (Myristyl (meth)acrylate), Pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, Decadecyl (meth)acrylate Hexaalkyl ester (palm (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate), etc. (meth)acrylic acid alkyl ester whose alkyl group is a chain structure with 1 to 18 carbon atoms; (meth)acrylic cycloalkane aralkyl (meth)acrylates such as benzyl (meth)acrylate; cycloalkenyl (meth)acrylates such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate Cycloalkenyloxyalkyl (meth)acrylates, etc.; (meth)acrylimide; (meth) Glycidyl acrylate and other glycidyl-containing (meth)acrylates; hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate Base) 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate and other hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylic acid Esters; (meth)acrylates containing substituted amino groups such as N-methylaminoethyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Here, the "substituted amino group" means a group in which one or two hydrogen atoms of an amino group are replaced by a group other than a hydrogen atom.

丙烯酸系樹脂例如除前述(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外,亦可為使選自(甲基)丙烯酸、衣康酸、乙酸乙烯酯、丙烯腈、苯乙烯及N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺等中的1種或2種以上之單體進行共聚合而成之樹脂。 The acrylic resin, for example, other than the aforementioned (meth)acrylates, may also be selected from (meth)acrylic acid, itaconic acid, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, styrene, and N-methylolacrylamide. A resin obtained by copolymerizing one or more than two monomers.

構成丙烯酸系樹脂之單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The monomer which comprises an acrylic resin may be only 1 type, and may be 2 or more types, and when it is 2 or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be arbitrarily selected.

丙烯酸系樹脂亦可具有乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等可與其他化合物鍵結之官能基。丙烯酸系樹脂中的前述官能基可經由後述交聯劑(F)與其他化合物鍵結,亦可不經由交聯劑(F)與其他化合物直接鍵結。藉由使丙烯酸系樹脂經由前述官能基與其他化合物鍵結,有使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝的可 靠性提高之傾向。 Acrylic resins may also have functional groups such as vinyl groups, (meth)acryl groups, amine groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, and isocyanate groups that can bond with other compounds. The aforementioned functional groups in the acrylic resin may be bonded to other compounds via a crosslinking agent (F) described later, or may be directly bonded to other compounds without using a crosslinking agent (F). By bonding the acrylic resin to other compounds via the aforementioned functional groups, it is possible to obtain encapsulation using the composite sheet for forming a protective film. Tendency to improve reliability.

本發明中,作為聚合物成分(A),亦可將丙烯酸系樹脂以外的熱塑性樹脂(以下,有時僅簡稱為「熱塑性樹脂」)與丙烯酸系樹脂併用。藉由使用前述熱塑性樹脂,有時保護膜自支持片之剝離性提高,或熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜變得易於追隨被黏著體的凹凸面,從而可進一步抑制於被黏著體與熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜之間產生孔隙等。 In the present invention, as the polymer component (A), thermoplastic resins other than acrylic resins (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as "thermoplastic resins") may be used in combination with acrylic resins. By using the above-mentioned thermoplastic resin, the release property of the protective film from the support sheet may be improved, or the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may easily follow the uneven surface of the adherend, thereby further suppressing the adhesion between the adherend and thermosetting. Pores and the like are generated between films for forming a protective film.

前述熱塑性樹脂的重量平均分子量較佳為1000至100000,更佳為3000至80000。 The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned thermoplastic resin is preferably from 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 3,000 to 80,000.

前述熱塑性樹脂的玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)較佳為-30℃至150℃,更佳為-20℃至120℃。 The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the aforementioned thermoplastic resin is preferably -30°C to 150°C, more preferably -20°C to 120°C.

作為前述熱塑性樹脂,例如可列舉:聚酯、聚胺基甲酸酯、苯氧基樹脂、聚丁烯、聚丁二烯、聚苯乙烯等。 As said thermoplastic resin, polyester, polyurethane, a phenoxy resin, polybutene, polybutadiene, polystyrene, etc. are mentioned, for example.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之前述熱塑性樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned thermoplastic resin contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds. The combination and ratio can be chosen arbitrarily.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,無論聚合物成分(A) 之種類如何,聚合物成分(A)的含量(亦即,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的聚合物成分(A)的含量)相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量之比例均較佳為5質量%至50質量%,更佳為10質量%至40質量%,尤佳為15質量%至35質量%。 In the protective film forming composition (III-1), regardless of the polymer component (A) Regardless of the type, the ratio of the content of the polymer component (A) (that is, the content of the polymer component (A) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film) to the total content of all components other than the solvent is preferable. 5% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 40% by mass, most preferably 15% by mass to 35% by mass.

聚合物成分(A)有時亦符合熱硬化性成分(B)。本發明中,於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)含有此種符合聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)之兩者之成分之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)可視為含有聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)。 The polymer component (A) may also correspond to the thermosetting component (B). In the present invention, when the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film contains such a component corresponding to both the polymer component (A) and the thermosetting component (B), the composition for forming a protective film ( III-1) can be considered to contain a polymer component (A) and a thermosetting component (B).

[熱硬化性成分(B)] [Thermosetting component (B)]

熱硬化性成分(B)係用以使熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜硬化而形成硬質之保護膜之成分。 The thermosetting component (B) is a component for hardening the film for thermosetting protective film formation, and forming a hard protective film.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之熱硬化性成分(B)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The thermosetting component (B) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types, and in the case of two or more types , the combination and ratio of these can be chosen arbitrarily.

作為熱硬化性成分(B),例如可列舉:環氧系熱硬化性樹脂、熱硬化性聚醯亞胺、聚胺基甲酸酯、不飽和聚酯、聚矽氧樹脂等,較佳為環氧系熱硬化性樹脂。 Examples of the thermosetting component (B) include: epoxy-based thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimides, polyurethanes, unsaturated polyesters, silicone resins, etc., preferably Epoxy based thermosetting resin.

(環氧系熱硬化性樹脂) (Epoxy Thermosetting Resin)

環氧系熱硬化性樹脂由環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)構成。 The epoxy-based thermosetting resin is composed of an epoxy resin (B1) and a thermosetting agent (B2).

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之環氧系熱硬化性樹脂可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The epoxy-based thermosetting resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types, and in the case of two or more types , the combination and ratio of these can be chosen arbitrarily.

‧環氧樹脂(B1) ‧Epoxy resin (B1)

作為環氧樹脂(B1),可列舉公知的環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:多官能系環氧樹脂、聯苯化合物、雙酚A二縮水甘油醚及其氫化物、鄰甲酚酚醛清漆環氧樹脂、二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂、聯苯型環氧樹脂、雙酚A型環氧樹脂、雙酚F型環氧樹脂、伸苯基骨架型環氧樹脂等2官能以上之環氧化合物。 Examples of the epoxy resin (B1) include known epoxy resins, such as polyfunctional epoxy resins, biphenyl compounds, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and hydrogenated products thereof, o-cresol novolac epoxy resins, and polyfunctional epoxy resins. Resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, phenylene skeleton type epoxy resin, etc. compound.

作為環氧樹脂(B1),亦可使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂。具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂相較於不具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂而言,與丙烯酸系樹脂之相容性較高。因此,藉由使用具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝的可靠性提高。 An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group can also be used as the epoxy resin (B1). Epoxy resins with unsaturated hydrocarbon groups are more compatible with acrylic resins than epoxy resins without unsaturated hydrocarbon groups. Therefore, by using the epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for protective film formation improves.

作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:多官能系環氧樹脂的一部分環氧基更換為具有不飽和烴基之 基而成之化合物。此種化合物例如藉由使(甲基)丙烯酸或其衍生物與環氧基進行加成反應而獲得。 As an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, for example, a polyfunctional epoxy resin in which a part of the epoxy group is replaced with an unsaturated hydrocarbon group based compounds. Such a compound is obtained, for example, by adding (meth)acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group.

另外,作為具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂,例如可列舉:構成環氧樹脂之芳香環等上直接鍵結有具有不飽和烴基之基之化合物等。 Moreover, as an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly bonded to the aromatic ring etc. which comprise an epoxy resin are mentioned, for example.

不飽和烴基為具有聚合性之不飽和基,作為該不飽和烴基之具體例,可列舉:次乙基(乙烯基)、2-丙烯基(烯丙基)、(甲基)丙烯醯基、(甲基)丙烯醯胺基等,較佳為丙烯醯基。 The unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group, and specific examples of the unsaturated hydrocarbon group include ethylene (vinyl), 2-propenyl (allyl), (meth)acryl, (Meth)acrylamide group etc., Preferably it is acryl group.

再者,本說明書中,所謂「衍生物」,意指原本之化合物的1個以上的氫原子被氫原子以外的基(取代基)取代而成之化合物。 In addition, in this specification, a "derivative" means a compound in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the original compound are substituted with a group (substituent) other than a hydrogen atom.

環氧樹脂(B1)的數量平均分子量並無特別限定,就熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的硬化性、以及硬化後的保護膜的強度及耐熱性之方面而言,較佳為300至30000,更佳為300至10000,尤佳為300至3000。 The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (B1) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 300 to 30,000 in terms of the curability of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, and the strength and heat resistance of the cured protective film. , more preferably 300 to 10000, especially preferably 300 to 3000.

環氧樹脂(B1)的環氧當量較佳為100g/eq至1100g/eq,更佳為150g/eq至1000g/eq。 The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (B1) is preferably from 100 g/eq to 1100 g/eq, more preferably from 150 g/eq to 1000 g/eq.

環氧樹脂(B1)可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上,於併用2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 One type of epoxy resin (B1) may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination, and when two or more types are used in combination, the combination and ratio thereof can be selected arbitrarily.

‧熱硬化劑(B2) ‧Thermal curing agent (B2)

熱硬化劑(B2)發揮針對環氧樹脂(B1)之硬化劑的功能。 The thermosetting agent (B2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (B1).

作為熱硬化劑(B2),例如可列舉:1分子中具有2個以上可與環氧基反應之官能基之化合物。作為前述官能基,例如可列舉:酚性羥基、醇性羥基、胺基、羧基、酸基經酐化而成之基等,較佳為酚性羥基、胺基、或酸基經酐化而成之基,更佳為酚性羥基或胺基。 As a thermosetting agent (B2), the compound which has 2 or more functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example. Examples of the aforementioned functional groups include: phenolic hydroxyl groups, alcoholic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, carboxyl groups, groups formed by anhydrided acid groups, etc., preferably phenolic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, or groups formed by anhydrided acid groups. The base is more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or an amino group.

熱硬化劑(B2)中,作為具有酚性羥基之酚系硬化劑,例如可列舉:多官能酚樹脂、聯苯酚、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯系酚樹脂、芳烷基酚樹脂等。 Among the thermosetting agents (B2), examples of the phenolic curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include polyfunctional phenolic resins, biphenols, novolak-type phenolic resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenolic resins, and aralkylphenolic resins. resin etc.

熱硬化劑(B2)中,作為具有胺基之胺系硬化劑,例如可列舉:二氰二胺(以下,有時簡稱為「DICY」)等。 Among the thermosetting agents (B2), dicyandiamine (hereinafter, may be abbreviated as "DICY" in some cases) etc. are mentioned as an amine-type hardening agent which has an amino group, for example.

熱硬化劑(B2)亦可具有不飽和烴基。 The thermosetting agent (B2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

作為具有不飽和烴基之熱硬化劑(B2),例如可列舉:酚樹脂的一部分羥基被具有不飽和烴基之基取代而成之化合物、酚樹脂的芳香環上直接鍵結具有不飽和烴基之基而成之化合物等。 Examples of the thermosetting agent (B2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include: a compound in which a part of the hydroxyl groups of a phenol resin is substituted by a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group; a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly bonded to the aromatic ring of the phenol resin; Compounds etc.

熱硬化劑(B2)中的前述不飽和烴基與上述之具有不飽和烴基之環氧樹脂中的不飽和烴基相同。 The aforementioned unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (B2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the above-mentioned epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.

於使用酚系硬化劑作為熱硬化劑(B2)之情形時,就保 護膜自支持片之剝離性提高之方面而言,熱硬化劑(B2)較佳為軟化點或玻璃轉移溫度高的酚系硬化劑。 When using a phenolic hardener as a thermal hardener (B2), it is The thermosetting agent (B2) is preferably a phenolic curing agent having a high softening point or glass transition temperature from the viewpoint of improving the peelability of the cover sheet from the support sheet.

熱硬化劑(B2)較佳為在常溫下為固體,且對環氧樹脂(B1)不顯示硬化活性,另一方面,藉由加熱而溶解,且對環氧樹脂(B1)顯示硬化活性之熱硬化劑(以下,有時簡稱為「熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑」)。 The thermosetting agent (B2) is preferably solid at normal temperature and does not show hardening activity to the epoxy resin (B1), on the other hand, it is dissolved by heating and shows hardening activity to the epoxy resin (B1). Thermosetting agent (hereinafter, sometimes simply referred to as "thermoactive latent epoxy resin curing agent").

前述熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑在常溫下於熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中穩定地分散於環氧樹脂(B1)中,但藉由加熱與環氧樹脂(B1)相容,且與環氧樹脂(B1)反應。藉由使用前述熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑,保護膜形成用複合片的保存穩定性顯著提高。例如,可抑制該硬化劑自保護膜形成用膜向鄰接之支持片轉移,可有效抑制熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的熱硬化性降低。並且,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜藉由加熱而熱硬化度變得更高,故而後述之附有保護膜之半導體晶片的拾取性進一步提高。 The aforementioned thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener is stably dispersed in the epoxy resin (B1) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film at normal temperature, but is compatible with the epoxy resin (B1) by heating, and Reacts with epoxy resins (B1). The storage stability of the composite sheet for protective film formation is remarkably improved by using the said thermally active latent epoxy resin hardener. For example, the transfer of the curing agent from the film for forming a protective film to the adjacent support sheet can be suppressed, and a decrease in the thermosetting properties of the film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be effectively suppressed. And since the thermosetting degree of the film for thermosetting protective film formation becomes higher by heating, the pick-up property of the semiconductor wafer with a protective film mentioned later improves further.

作為前述熱活性潛伏性環氧樹脂硬化劑,例如可列舉:鎓鹽、二元酸醯肼、二氰二胺、硬化劑的胺加成物等。 Examples of the thermally active latent epoxy resin curing agent include onium salts, dibasic acid hydrazides, dicyandiamine, amine adducts of curing agents, and the like.

熱硬化劑(B2)中,例如多官能酚樹脂、酚醛清漆型酚樹脂、二環戊二烯系酚樹脂、芳烷基酚樹脂等樹脂成分的數量平均分子量較佳為300至30000,更佳為400至10000,尤佳為500至3000。 In the thermosetting agent (B2), the number average molecular weight of resin components such as polyfunctional phenol resins, novolak-type phenol resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenol resins, and aralkylphenol resins is preferably from 300 to 30,000, more preferably 400 to 10000, preferably 500 to 3000.

熱硬化劑(B2)中,例如聯苯酚、二氰二胺等非樹脂成分的分子量並無特別限定,例如較佳為60至500。 In the thermosetting agent (B2), the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, and is preferably 60 to 500, for example.

熱硬化劑(B2)可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上,於併用2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The thermosetting agent (B2) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together, and when using 2 or more types together, the combination and ratio of these can be chosen arbitrarily.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,熱硬化劑(B2)的含量相對於環氧樹脂(B1)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份至500質量份,更佳為1質量份至200質量份。藉由熱硬化劑(B2)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜更易於進行硬化。另外,藉由熱硬化劑(B2)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的吸濕率降低,使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝的可靠性進一步提高。 In the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film, the content of the thermosetting agent (B2) is preferably 0.1 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the content of the epoxy resin (B1). to 500 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 200 parts by mass. When the said content of a thermosetting agent (B2) is more than the said lower limit, it becomes easy to harden|cure the film for thermosetting protective film formation. Moreover, when the said content of a thermosetting agent (B2) is below the said upper limit, the moisture absorption rate of the film for thermosetting protective film formation falls, and the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for protective film formation improves further. .

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,熱硬化性成分(B)的含量(例如,環氧樹脂(B1)及熱硬化劑(B2)的總含量)相對於聚合物成分(A)的含量100質量份,較佳為1質量份至100質量份,更佳為1.5質量份至85質量份,尤佳為2質量份至70質量份。藉由熱硬化性成分(B)的前述含量為此種範圍,保護膜與支持片之接著力得到抑制,支持片之剝離性提高。 In the protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film, the content of the thermosetting component (B) (for example, the total content of the epoxy resin (B1) and the thermosetting agent (B2) ) is preferably 1 to 100 parts by mass, more preferably 1.5 to 85 parts by mass, and especially preferably 2 to 70 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the polymer component (A). When the said content of a thermosetting component (B) is such a range, the adhesive force of a protective film and a support sheet is suppressed, and the peelability of a support sheet improves.

[硬化促進劑(C)] [Hardening Accelerator (C)]

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有硬化促進劑(C)。硬化促進劑(C)係用以調整保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)的硬化速度之成分。 The composition (III-1) for protective film formation and the film for thermosetting protective film formation may contain hardening accelerator (C). The curing accelerator (C) is a component for adjusting the curing rate of the protective film forming composition (III-1).

作為較佳的硬化促進劑(C),例如可列舉:三乙二胺、苄基二甲胺、三乙醇胺、二甲胺基乙醇、三(二甲胺基甲基)苯酚等三級胺;2-甲基咪唑、2-苯基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑、2-苯基-4-甲基-5-羥基甲基咪唑等咪唑類(1個以上之氫原子被氫原子以外的基取代而成之咪唑);三丁基膦、二苯基膦、三苯基膦等有機膦類(1個以上之氫原子被有機基取代而成之膦);四苯基硼酸四苯基鏻、四苯基硼酸三苯基膦等四苯基硼鹽等。 Examples of preferred hardening accelerators (C) include tertiary amines such as triethylenediamine, benzyldimethylamine, triethanolamine, dimethylaminoethanol, and tris(dimethylaminomethyl)phenol; 2-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-methyl-5- Imidazoles such as hydroxymethylimidazole (imidazoles in which more than one hydrogen atom is replaced by a group other than hydrogen atoms); organic phosphines such as tributylphosphine, diphenylphosphine, and triphenylphosphine (more than one hydrogen atom Phosphine in which the hydrogen atom is replaced by an organic group); tetraphenylphosphonium tetraphenylborate, triphenylphosphine tetraphenylborate and other tetraphenylboron salts, etc.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之硬化促進劑(C)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The curing accelerator (C) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds , the combination and ratio of these can be chosen arbitrarily.

於使用硬化促進劑(C)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,硬化促進劑(C)的含量相對於熱硬化性成分(B)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至10質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至5質量份。藉由硬化促進劑(C)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得顯著的由使用硬化促進劑(C)所帶來之功效。另 外,藉由硬化促進劑(C)的含量為前述上限值以下,例如抑制高極性的硬化促進劑(C)於高溫、高濕度條件下在熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中向與被黏著體之接著界面側轉移而偏析之功效變高,從而使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝的可靠性進一步提高。 When the hardening accelerator (C) is used, in the protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film, the content of the hardening accelerator (C) relative to the thermosetting component (B ) content of 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.01 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass. When the said content of a hardening accelerator (C) is more than the said lower limit, the remarkable effect by using a hardening accelerator (C) can be acquired. Other In addition, when the content of the hardening accelerator (C) is not more than the above-mentioned upper limit, for example, the high-polarity hardening accelerator (C) is suppressed from forming a thermosetting protective film in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film. The effect of segregation by transfer of the adherend to the interface side becomes higher, and the reliability of the package obtained by using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further improved.

[填充材料(D)] [Filler (D)]

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有填充材料(D)。藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜含有填充材料(D),使熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜硬化而獲得之保護膜容易調整熱膨脹係數。並且,藉由使該熱膨脹係數對於保護膜之形成對象物而言最適宜,使用保護膜形成用複合片所獲得之封裝的可靠性進一步提高。另外,藉由熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜含有填充材料(D),亦可降低保護膜的吸濕率,或提高散熱性。 The composition (III-1) for protective film formation and the film for thermosetting protective film formation may contain a filler (D). When the film for forming a thermosetting protective film contains the filler (D), the thermal expansion coefficient of the protective film obtained by curing the film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be easily adjusted. And by making this coefficient of thermal expansion optimal for the object to which a protective film is formed, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for protective film formation improves further. Moreover, when the film for thermosetting protective film formation contains a filler (D), the moisture absorption rate of a protective film can also be reduced, and heat dissipation can be improved.

填充材料(D)可為有機填充材料及無機填充材料之任一者,較佳為無機填充材料。 The filler (D) may be any one of an organic filler and an inorganic filler, and is preferably an inorganic filler.

作為較佳的無機填充材料,例如可列舉:二氧化矽、氧化鋁、滑石、碳酸鈣、鈦白、鐵丹、碳化矽、氮化硼等的粉末;將該等無機填充材料球形化而成之珠粒;該等無機填充材料的表面改質品;該等無機填充材料的單晶纖維;玻璃纖維等。 As preferred inorganic fillers, for example, powders of silicon dioxide, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium dioxide, iron oxide, silicon carbide, boron nitride, etc. can be listed; these inorganic fillers are spheroidized beads; surface modified products of such inorganic fillers; single crystal fibers of such inorganic fillers; glass fibers, etc.

該等之中,無機填充材料較佳為二氧化矽或氧化鋁。 Among them, the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之填充材料(D)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The filler (D) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, The combination and ratio of these can be selected arbitrarily.

於使用填充材料(D)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,填充材料(D)的含量(亦即,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的填充材料(D)的含量)相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量之比例較佳為5質量%至80質量%,更佳為7質量%至60質量%。藉由填充材料(D)的含量為此種範圍,更容易調整上述熱膨脹係數。 In the case of using the filler (D), the content of the filler (D) in the protective film forming composition (III-1) (that is, the filler (D) in the thermosetting protective film forming film content) relative to the total content of all components other than the solvent is preferably 5% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably 7% by mass to 60% by mass. When the content of the filler (D) is within such a range, it becomes easier to adjust the above-mentioned coefficient of thermal expansion.

[偶合劑(E)] [Coupling agent (E)]

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有偶合劑(E)。藉由使用具有可與無機化合物或有機化合物反應之官能基之化合物作為偶合劑(E),可提高熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜對被黏著體之接著性及密接性。另外,藉由使用偶合劑(E),使熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜硬化而獲得之保護膜不損害耐熱性而耐水性提高。 The composition (III-1) for protective film formation and the film for thermosetting protective film formation may contain coupling agent (E). By using the compound which has the functional group which can react with an inorganic compound or an organic compound as a coupling agent (E), the adhesiveness and adhesiveness of the film for thermosetting protective film formation to an adherend can be improved. Moreover, water resistance improves the protective film obtained by hardening the film for thermosetting protective film formation by using a coupling agent (E) without impairing heat resistance.

偶合劑(E)較佳為具有可與聚合物成分(A)、熱硬化性成分(B)等所具有之官能基反應之官能基之化合物,更佳為矽烷偶合劑。 The coupling agent (E) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with a functional group possessed by the polymer component (A) or the thermosetting component (B), more preferably a silane coupling agent.

作為較佳的前述矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉:3-縮水甘 油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-縮水甘油氧基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、2-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-甲基丙烯醯氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-(2-胺基乙基胺基)丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3-(苯基胺基)丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-苯胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-巰基丙基甲基二甲氧基矽烷、雙(3-三乙氧基矽烷基丙基)四硫化物、甲基三甲氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙醯氧基矽烷、咪唑矽烷等。 As a preferred aforementioned silane coupling agent, for example, 3-glycidyl Oleoxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidoxymethyldiethoxysilane Oxysilane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3 -(2-aminoethylamino)propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-(2-aminoethylamino)propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-(phenylamino)propyl Trimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropylmethyldimethoxysilane , bis(3-triethoxysilylpropyl) tetrasulfide, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriacetoxysilane, imidazole Silane etc.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之偶合劑(E)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The coupling agent (E) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, The combination and ratio of these can be selected arbitrarily.

於使用偶合劑(E)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,偶合劑(E)的含量相對於聚合物成分(A)及熱硬化性成分(B)的總含量100質量份,較佳為0.03質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.05質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.1質量份至5質量份。藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得更顯著的以下由使用偶合劑(E)所帶來之功效:填充材料(D)於樹脂中之分散性提高,或熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜與被黏著體之 接著性提高等。另外,藉由偶合劑(E)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可更進一步抑制產生逸氣。 In the case of using the coupling agent (E), in the protective film forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film forming film, the content of the coupling agent (E) relative to the polymer component (A) and thermal The total content of the hardening component (B) is 100 parts by mass, preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, especially preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass. When the aforementioned content of the coupling agent (E) is above the aforementioned lower limit value, the following effect brought by the use of the coupling agent (E) can be obtained more significantly: the dispersibility of the filler (D) in the resin is improved, or Between film for thermosetting protective film formation and adherend Adherence improvement, etc. Moreover, when the said content of a coupling agent (E) is below the said upper limit, generation|occurrence|production of outgassing can be further suppressed.

[交聯劑(F)] [Crosslinking agent (F)]

於使用具有可與其他化合物鍵結之官能基,例如乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、胺基、羥基、羧基、異氰酸酯基等之上述丙烯酸系樹脂等作為聚合物成分(A)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有交聯劑(F)。交聯劑(F)係用以使聚合物成分(A)中的前述官能基與其他化合物鍵結而進行交聯之成分,藉由如此進行交聯,可調節熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的初期接著力及凝聚力。 In the case of using the above-mentioned acrylic resin having a functional group that can bond with other compounds, such as vinyl group, (meth)acryl group, amine group, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, isocyanate group, etc., as the polymer component (A) In this case, the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may also contain a crosslinking agent (F). The crosslinking agent (F) is a component for crosslinking the above-mentioned functional group in the polymer component (A) with other compounds, and by crosslinking in this way, the film for forming a thermosetting protective film can be adjusted initial adhesion and cohesion.

作為交聯劑(F),例如可列舉:有機多元異氰酸酯化合物、有機多元亞胺化合物、金屬螯合物系交聯劑(具有金屬螯合物結構之交聯劑)、氮丙啶系交聯劑(具有氮丙啶基之交聯劑)等。 Examples of the crosslinking agent (F) include: organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), aziridine crosslinking agents agent (crosslinking agent with aziridine group), etc.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,例如可列舉:芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物及脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物(以下,有時將該等化合物統一簡稱為「芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等」);前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等的三聚物、異氰脲酸酯體及加合物;使前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物等與多元醇化合物 反應而獲得之末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物等。前述「加合物」意指前述芳香族多元異氰酸酯化合物、脂肪族多元異氰酸酯化合物或脂環族多元異氰酸酯化合物,與乙二醇、丙二醇、新戊二醇、三羥甲基丙烷或蓖麻油等含低分子活性氫化合物之反應物。作為前述加合物的示例,可列舉如後述之三羥甲基丙烷之苯二甲基二異氰酸酯加成物等。另外,所謂「末端異氰酸酯胺基甲酸酯預聚物」,如上文所說明。 Examples of the above-mentioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds include aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, and alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compounds (hereinafter, these compounds may be collectively referred to as "aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, etc.") ; trimers, isocyanurate bodies and adducts of the aforementioned aromatic polyisocyanate compounds, etc.; making the aforementioned aromatic polyisocyanate compounds, etc. The terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer obtained by reaction, etc. The aforementioned "adduct" means that the aforementioned aromatic polyisocyanate compound, aliphatic polyisocyanate compound or alicyclic polyisocyanate compound is mixed with ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane or castor oil, etc. Reactant of low molecular weight active hydrogen compounds. As an example of the said adduct, the xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane mentioned later etc. are mentioned. In addition, the "terminated isocyanate urethane prepolymer" is as described above.

作為前述有機多元異氰酸酯化合物,更具體而言,例如可列舉:2,4-甲苯二異氰酸酯;2,6-甲苯二異氰酸酯;1,3-苯二甲基二異氰酸酯;1,4-二甲苯二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二苯基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;3-甲基二苯基甲烷二異氰酸酯;六亞甲基二異氰酸酯;異佛爾酮二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-4,4'-二異氰酸酯;二環己基甲烷-2,4'-二異氰酸酯;對三羥甲基丙烷等多元醇的全部或一部分羥基,加成甲苯二異氰酸酯、六亞甲基二異氰酸酯及苯二甲基二異氰酸酯的任1種或2種以上而成之化合物;離胺酸二異氰酸酯等。 As the aforementioned organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, more specifically, for example, 2,4-toluene diisocyanate; 2,6-toluene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; Isocyanate; Diphenylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; Diphenylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-Methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; Hexamethylene diisocyanate; Isophorone Diisocyanate; Dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; Dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; Toluene diisocyanate, Compounds of any one or two or more of hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate; lysine diisocyanate, etc.

作為前述有機多元亞胺化合物,例如可列舉:N,N'-二苯基甲烷-4,4'-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)、三羥甲基丙烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷-三-β-氮丙啶基丙酸酯、N,N'-甲苯-2,4-雙(1-氮丙啶甲醯胺)三伸乙基三聚氰胺 等。 Examples of the aforementioned organic polyimine compound include N,N'-diphenylmethane-4,4'-bis(1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri-β-nitrogen Pyridylpropionate, tetramethylolmethane-tris-β-aziridinylpropionate, N,N'-toluene-2,4-bis(1-aziridinecarboxamide) triethylene base melamine Wait.

於使用有機多元異氰酸酯化合物作為交聯劑(F)之情形時,作為聚合物成分(A),較佳為使用含羥基之聚合物。於交聯劑(F)具有異氰酸酯基,聚合物成分(A)具有羥基之情形時,藉由交聯劑(F)與聚合物成分(A)之反應,可將交聯結構簡便地導入至熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中。 When using an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound as a crosslinking agent (F), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the polymer component (A). When the crosslinking agent (F) has an isocyanate group and the polymer component (A) has a hydroxyl group, the crosslinking structure can be easily introduced into the In the film for thermosetting protective film formation.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之交聯劑(F)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The crosslinking agent (F) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds , the combination and ratio of these can be chosen arbitrarily.

於使用交聯劑(F)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,交聯劑(F)的含量相對於聚合物成分(A)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.01質量份至20質量份,更佳為0.1質量份至10質量份,尤佳為0.5質量份至5質量份。藉由交聯劑(F)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得更顯著的由使用交聯劑(F)所帶來之功效。另外,藉由交聯劑(F)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜與支持片之接著力或熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜與半導體晶圓或半導體晶片之接著力過度降低。 When using a crosslinking agent (F), in the protective film forming composition (III-1), the content of the crosslinking agent (F) is preferably 100 parts by mass relative to the content of the polymer component (A). 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, most preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass. When the said content of a crosslinking agent (F) is more than the said lower limit, the more remarkable effect by using a crosslinking agent (F) can be acquired. Moreover, when the said content of a crosslinking agent (F) is below the said upper limit, the adhesive force of the film for thermosetting protective film formation and a support sheet, or the film for thermosetting protective film formation and a semiconductor wafer or The adhesive force of the semiconductor wafer is excessively reduced.

本發明中,即便不使用交聯劑(F),亦可充分地獲得本發明的功效。 In the present invention, even without using a crosslinking agent (F), the effects of the present invention can be sufficiently obtained.

[能量線硬化性樹脂(G)] [energy ray curable resin (G)]

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)亦可含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G)。熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜藉由含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G),可藉由照射能量線而改變特性。 The composition (III-1) for protective film formation may contain energy ray curable resin (G). The film for thermosetting protective film formation can change a characteristic by irradiating an energy ray by containing an energy ray curable resin (G).

能量線硬化性樹脂(G)係使能量線硬化性化合物進行聚合(硬化)而獲得。 The energy ray curable resin (G) is obtained by polymerizing (curing) an energy ray curable compound.

作為前述能量線硬化性化合物,例如可列舉分子內具有至少1個聚合性雙鍵之化合物,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。 Examples of the energy ray-curable compound include compounds having at least one polymerizable double bond in the molecule, preferably acrylate compounds having a (meth)acryl group.

作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可列舉:三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、四羥甲基甲烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇單羥基五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等含鏈狀脂肪族骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;二(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等含環狀脂肪族骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯等聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯;寡酯(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物;環氧改性(甲基)丙烯酸酯;前述聚伸烷基二醇(甲基)丙烯酸酯以外的聚醚(甲基)丙烯酸酯;衣康酸低聚物等。 Examples of the acrylate-based compounds include trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tetramethylolmethane tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate. base) acrylate, dipentaerythritol monohydroxypenta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate (Meth)acrylates containing chain aliphatic skeletons such as (meth)acrylates; (meth)acrylates containing cycloaliphatic skeletons such as dicyclopentanyl di(meth)acrylate; polyethylene glycol Polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylates such as di(meth)acrylates; Oligoester (meth)acrylates; Urethane (meth)acrylate oligomers; Epoxy modified (meth)acrylates base) acrylates; polyether (meth)acrylates other than the aforementioned polyalkylene glycol (meth)acrylates; itaconic acid oligomers, etc.

前述能量線硬化性化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。 The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned energy ray curable compound is preferably from 100 to 30,000, more preferably from 300 to 10,000.

用於聚合之前述能量線硬化性化合物可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned energy ray-curable compound used for polymerization may be only one type, or may be two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combinations and ratios thereof can be selected arbitrarily.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)所含有之能量線硬化性樹脂(G)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The energy ray-curable resin (G) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (III-1) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these Optional.

於使用能量線硬化性樹脂(G)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中的能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的含量較佳為1質量%至95質量%,更佳為2質量%至90質量%,尤佳為3質量%至85質量%。 In the case of using the energy ray curable resin (G), the content of the energy ray curable resin (G) in the protective film forming composition (III-1) is preferably from 1% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably It is 2% by mass to 90% by mass, more preferably 3% by mass to 85% by mass.

[光聚合起始劑(H)] [Photopolymerization initiator (H)]

於保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)含有能量線硬化性樹脂(G)之情形時,為了使能量線硬化性樹脂(G)高效率地進行聚合反應,亦可含有光聚合起始劑(H)。 When the protective film forming composition (III-1) contains the energy ray curable resin (G), a photopolymerization initiator may be included in order to efficiently polymerize the energy ray curable resin (G) (H).

作為保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中的光聚合起始劑(H),可列舉與黏著劑組成物(ii)中的光聚合起始劑相同之化合物。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator (H) in the protective film forming composition (III-1) include the same compounds as the photopolymerization initiator in the adhesive composition (ii).

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)所含有之光聚合起始劑(H)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The photopolymerization initiator (H) contained in the protective film forming composition (III-1) may be only one type, or may be two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these Optional.

於使用光聚合起始劑(H)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,光聚合起始劑(H)的含量相對於能量線硬化性樹脂(G)的含量100質量份,較佳為0.1質量份至20質量份,更佳為1質量份至10質量份,尤佳為2質量份至5質量份。 In the case of using a photopolymerization initiator (H), in the protective film forming composition (III-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator (H) relative to the content of the energy ray curable resin (G) is 100 Parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, especially preferably 2 to 5 parts by mass.

[著色劑(I)] [Color (I)]

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜亦可含有著色劑(I)。 The composition (III-1) for protective film formation and the film for thermosetting protective film formation may contain coloring agent (I).

作為著色劑(I),例如可列舉:無機系顏料、有機系顏料、有機系染料等公知的著色劑。 As a coloring agent (I), well-known coloring agents, such as an inorganic pigment, an organic pigment, and an organic dye, are mentioned, for example.

作為前述有機系顏料及有機系染料,例如可列舉:銨系色素、花青系色素、部花青系色素、克酮鎓(croconium)系色素、方酸鎓(squalilium)系色素、薁鎓系色素、聚次甲基系色素、萘醌系色素、吡喃鎓系色素、酞菁系色素、萘酞菁系色素、萘內醯胺系色素、偶氮色素、縮合偶氮色素、靛藍系色素、紫環酮(perinone)系色素、苝系色素、二噁烷(dioxane)系色素、喹吖啶酮系色素、異吲哚啉酮系色 素、喹啉黃(quinophthalone)系色素、吡咯系色素、硫代靛藍系色素、金屬錯合物系色素(金屬錯鹽染料)、二硫醇金屬錯合物系色素、吲哚酚系色素、三烯丙基甲烷系色素、蒽醌系色素、萘酚系色素、次甲基偶氮系色素、苯并咪唑酮系色素、皮蒽酮系色素及士林(threne)系色素等。 Examples of the aforementioned organic pigments and organic dyes include ammonium-based dyes, cyanine-based dyes, merocyanine-based dyes, croconium-based dyes, squalilium-based dyes, azulenium-based Pigments, polymethine pigments, naphthoquinone pigments, pyrylium pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, naphthalocyanine pigments, naphtholactamide pigments, azo pigments, condensed azo pigments, indigo pigments , Perinone-based pigments, perylene-based pigments, dioxane-based pigments, quinacridone-based pigments, isoindolinone-based colors Pigments, quinophthalone pigments, pyrrole pigments, thioindigo pigments, metal complex pigments (metal complex salt dyes), dithiol metal complex pigments, indoxyl pigments, Triallylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, naphthol dyes, methine azo dyes, benzimidazolone dyes, pyranthrone dyes, threne dyes, and the like.

作為前述無機系顏料,例如可列舉:碳黑、鈷系色素、鐵系色素、鉻系色素、鈦系色素、釩系色素、鋯系色素、鉬系色素、釕系色素、鉑系色素、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide;氧化銦錫)系色素、ATO(Antimony Tin Oxide;氧化銻錫)系色素等。 Examples of the inorganic pigments include carbon black, cobalt-based pigments, iron-based pigments, chromium-based pigments, titanium-based pigments, vanadium-based pigments, zirconium-based pigments, molybdenum-based pigments, ruthenium-based pigments, platinum-based pigments, ITO (Indium Tin Oxide; Indium Tin Oxide) pigments, ATO (Antimony Tin Oxide; Antimony Tin Oxide) pigments, etc.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之著色劑(I)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The colorant (I) contained in the composition (III-1) for forming a protective film and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, The combination and ratio of these can be selected arbitrarily.

於使用著色劑(I)之情形時,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(I)的含量根據目的適宜調節即可。例如,有時藉由雷射照射對保護膜實施印字,藉由調節熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(I)的含量,調節保護膜的透光性,可調節印字視認性。另外,藉由調節熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(I)的含量,可提高保護膜的設計性,亦可使得半導體晶圓的背面的研削痕跡不易見。若考慮這一方面,則保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中,著色劑(I)的含量(亦 即,熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的著色劑(I)的含量)相對於溶劑以外的全部成分的總含量之比例較佳為0.1質量%至10質量%,更佳為0.1質量%至7.5質量%,尤佳為0.1質量%至5質量%,例如可為0.1質量%至3質量%及0.1質量%至1質量%之任一者。藉由著色劑(I)的前述含量為前述下限值以上,可獲得更顯著的由使用著色劑(I)所帶來之功效。另外,藉由著色劑(I)的前述含量為前述上限值以下,可抑制熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜的透光性過度降低。 When using a coloring agent (I), what is necessary is just to adjust content of the coloring agent (I) in the film for thermosetting protective film formation suitably according to the objective. For example, sometimes printing is performed on a protective film by laser irradiation, and by adjusting the content of the colorant (I) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film and adjusting the light transmittance of the protective film, the visibility of printed characters can be adjusted. Moreover, by adjusting content of the coloring agent (I) in the film for thermosetting protective film formation, the design property of a protective film can be improved, and the grinding trace of the back surface of a semiconductor wafer can also be made difficult to see. Considering this aspect, in the protective film forming composition (III-1), the content of the colorant (I) (also That is, the ratio of the content of the coloring agent (I) in the film for forming a thermosetting protective film) to the total content of all components other than the solvent is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass. 7.5% by mass, preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass, for example, any one of 0.1% by mass to 3% by mass and 0.1% by mass to 1% by mass. When the said content of a coloring agent (I) is more than the said lower limit, the more remarkable effect by using a coloring agent (I) can be acquired. Moreover, when the said content of a coloring agent (I) is below the said upper limit, it can suppress that the translucency of the film for thermosetting protective film formation falls too much.

[通用添加劑(J)] [General additive (J)]

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中,亦可在無損本發明的功效之範圍內,含有通用添加劑(J)。 The composition (III-1) for forming a protective film and the film for forming a thermosetting protective film may contain a general-purpose additive (J) within a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention.

通用添加劑(J)可為公知的添加劑,可根據目的任意選擇,並無特別限定,作為較佳的通用添加劑(J),例如可列舉:塑化劑、抗靜電劑、抗氧化劑、吸氣劑(gettering agent)等。 The general-purpose additive (J) can be a known additive, which can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Preferred general-purpose additives (J) include, for example, plasticizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, and getters. (gettering agent) and so on.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之通用添加劑(I)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The general-purpose additive (I) contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film may be only one type, or may be two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, The combination and ratio of these can be selected arbitrarily.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)及熱硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的通用添加劑(I)的含量並無特別限定,根據目的適宜選擇即可。 The content of the general-purpose additive (I) in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) and the thermosetting protective film-forming film is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the purpose.

[溶劑] [solvent]

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)較佳為進一步含有溶劑。含有溶劑之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)的操作性良好。 It is preferable that the composition (III-1) for protective film formation further contains a solvent. The composition (III-1) for forming a protective film containing a solvent has good handleability.

前述溶劑並無特別限定。 The aforementioned solvent is not particularly limited.

作為較佳的前述溶劑,例如可列舉:甲苯、二甲苯等烴;甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、異丁醇(2-甲基丙烷-1-醇)、1-丁醇等醇;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等酯;丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮;四氫呋喃等醚;二甲基甲醯胺、N-甲基吡咯啶酮等醯胺(具有醯胺鍵之化合物)等。 Examples of preferable solvents include: hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutanol (2-methylpropan-1-ol), and 1-butanol; acetic acid Esters such as ethyl ester and butyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone; ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; amides (compounds with amide bonds) such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone, etc.

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The solvent contained in the composition (III-1) for protective film formation may be only 1 type, and may be 2 or more types, and in the case of 2 or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be chosen arbitrarily.

就可使保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中的含有成分更均勻地混合之方面而言,保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)所含有之溶劑較佳為甲基乙基酮等。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) is preferably methyl ethyl ketone from the viewpoint that the components contained in the protective film-forming composition (III-1) can be more uniformly mixed Wait.

<<熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物的製造方法>> <<Manufacturing method of thermosetting protective film forming composition>>

保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)等熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物藉由調配用以構成該組成物之各成分而獲得。 A composition for thermosetting protective film formation, such as composition for protective film formation (III-1), is obtained by preparing each component which comprises this composition.

調配各成分時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上之成分。 The order of addition of each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可藉由下述方式使用,即,將 溶劑與溶劑以外的任一種調配成分混合而將該調配成分預先稀釋;亦可藉由下述方式使用,即,不將溶劑以外的任一種調配成分預先稀釋而將溶劑與該等調配成分混合。 In the case of using a solvent, it can be used by using The solvent is mixed with any of the formulated components other than the solvent and diluted in advance; it can also be used by mixing the solvent with the formulated components without pre-diluting any of the formulated components other than the solvent.

調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,自以下公知的方法中適宜選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 There are no particular limitations on the method of mixing the ingredients during preparation, and it is sufficient to select from the following known methods: a method of mixing by rotating a stirring bar or a stirring blade; a method of mixing by using a mixer; and mixing by applying ultrasonic waves. method etc.

關於添加及混合各成分時的溫度及時間,只要不使各調配成分劣化,則並無特別限定,適宜調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 The temperature and time for adding and mixing the components are not particularly limited as long as the components are not degraded, and may be appropriately adjusted. The temperature is preferably 15°C to 30°C.

‧能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜 ‧Film for forming energy ray curable protective film

能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜含有能量線硬化性成分(a)。 The film for forming an energy ray curable protective film contains an energy ray curable component (a).

能量線硬化性成分(a)較佳為未硬化,較佳為具有黏著性,更佳為未硬化且具有黏著性。此處,所謂「能量線」及「能量線硬化性」如上文所說明。 The energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably adhesive, more preferably uncured and adhesive. Here, the "energy ray" and "energy ray curability" are as described above.

<<能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物>> <<Composition for forming energy ray curable protective film>>

能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜可使用含有該膜的構成材料之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物而形成。例如,於能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜之形成對象面塗敷能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,視需要使之乾燥,藉此可於目標部位形成能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜。能量線 硬化性保護膜形成用組成物中的常溫下不會氣化的成分彼此的含量比率通常與能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的前述成分彼此的含量比率相同。此處,所謂「常溫」如上文所說明。 The film for forming an energy ray curable protective film can be formed using a composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film containing a constituent material of the film. For example, the composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film is applied to the surface to be formed of the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film, and dried as necessary to form an energy ray curable protective film on the target site. membrane. energy line The content ratio of the components that do not vaporize at normal temperature in the composition for forming a curable protective film is generally the same as the content ratio of the above-mentioned components in the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film. Here, the term "normal temperature" is as described above.

利用公知的方法塗敷能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物即可,例如可列舉使用以下各種塗佈機之方法:氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模具塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、絲網塗佈機、繞線棒式塗佈機、接觸式塗佈機等。 It is sufficient to apply the composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film by a known method, for example, the method using the following various coaters: air knife coater, knife coater, rod coater, gravure coater, etc. Cloth machine, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, wire wound rod coater, contact coater Cloth machines, etc.

能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,於能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物含有後述溶劑之情形時,較佳為進行加熱乾燥。含有溶劑之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物例如較佳為於70℃至130℃且10秒至5分鐘之條件下進行乾燥。 The drying conditions of the composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film are not particularly limited, but when the composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film contains a solvent described later, it is preferable to perform heat drying. The composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film containing a solvent is, for example, preferably dried at 70° C. to 130° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.

<保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)> <Protective film forming composition (IV-1)>

作為能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物,例如可列舉含有前述能量線硬化性成分(a)之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)(本說明書中,有時僅簡稱為「保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)」)等。 Examples of the composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film include, for example, the composition for forming an energy ray curable protective film (IV-1) containing the aforementioned energy ray curable component (a) (in this specification, sometimes referred to simply as "Composition for Forming a Protective Film (IV-1)") and the like.

[能量線硬化性成分(a)] [energy ray hardening ingredient (a)]

能量線硬化性成分(a)係藉由照射能量線而化之成分,該成分用以對能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜賦予造膜性或可撓性等。 The energy ray curable component (a) is a component that is converted by irradiation of energy ray, and is used to impart film formability, flexibility, etc. to the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film.

作為能量線硬化性成分(a),例如可列舉:具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)、及具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)。前述聚合物(a1)可該聚合物的至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯,亦可不進行交聯。 Examples of the energy ray-curable component (a) include polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000, and compounds having an energy ray-curable group and having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 (a2). The aforementioned polymer (a1) may be at least partly crosslinked by a crosslinking agent, or may not be crosslinked.

(具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1)) (Polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000)

作為具有能量線硬化性基且重量平均分子量為80000至2000000之聚合物(a1),例如可列舉丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1),該丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)係使丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)與能量線硬化性化合物(a12)進行加成反應而成,該丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)具有可與其他化合物所具有之基反應之官能基,該能量線硬化性化合物(a12)具有與前述官能基反應之基及能量線硬化性雙鍵等能量線硬化性基。 As the polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight-average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000, for example, an acrylic resin (a1-1) made of an acrylic polymer ( a11) is formed by addition reaction with an energy ray-curable compound (a12), the acrylic polymer (a11) has a functional group capable of reacting with groups of other compounds, and the energy ray-curable compound (a12) has An energy ray curable group such as a group reactive with the aforementioned functional group and an energy ray curable double bond.

作為可與其他化合物所具有之基反應之前述官能基,例如可列舉:羥基、羧基、胺基、取代胺基(胺基的1個或2個氫原子被氫原子以外的基取代而成之基)、環氧基等。但是,就防止半導體晶圓或半導體晶片等的電路腐蝕之方面而言,前述官能基較佳為羧基以外的基。 Examples of the functional groups that can react with groups of other compounds include hydroxyl, carboxyl, amino, and substituted amino groups (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are replaced by groups other than hydrogen atoms) group), epoxy group, etc. However, the aforementioned functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxyl group from the viewpoint of preventing corrosion of a semiconductor wafer or a circuit of a semiconductor wafer or the like.

該等之中,前述官能基較佳為羥基。 Among them, the aforementioned functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.

‧具有官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11) ‧Acrylic polymer with functional groups (a11)

前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)例如可列舉:使前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體與前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體進行共聚合而成之聚合物,亦可為除該等單體以外,進一步使丙烯酸系單體以外的單體(非丙烯酸系單體)進行共聚合而成之聚合物。 The aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group includes, for example, a polymer obtained by copolymerizing the aforementioned acrylic monomer having a functional group and the aforementioned acrylic monomer having no functional group. In addition to these monomers, a polymer obtained by further copolymerizing monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers).

另外,前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)可為無規共聚物,亦可為嵌段共聚物。 In addition, the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.

作為前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體、含胺基之單體、含取代胺基之單體、含環氧基之單體等。 Examples of the aforementioned acrylic monomers having functional groups include: hydroxyl-containing monomers, carboxyl-containing monomers, amine-containing monomers, substituted amino-containing monomers, epoxy-containing monomers, etc. .

作為前述含羥基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羥基烷基酯;乙烯醇、烯丙醇等非(甲基)丙烯酸系不飽和醇(不具有(甲基)丙烯醯基骨架之不飽和醇)等。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include: hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxy (meth)acrylate Hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate and other hydroxyalkyl (meth)acrylates; vinyl alcohol, Non-(meth)acrylic unsaturated alcohols (unsaturated alcohols not having a (meth)acryl skeleton) such as allyl alcohol, and the like.

作為前述含羧基之單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯 酸、丁烯酸等乙烯性不飽和單羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之單羧酸);富馬酸、衣康酸、馬來酸、檸康酸等乙烯性不飽和二羧酸(具有乙烯性不飽和鍵之二羧酸);前述乙烯性不飽和二羧酸的酐;甲基丙烯酸2-羧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸羧基烷基酯等。 Examples of the aforementioned carboxyl group-containing monomers include (meth)acrylic Ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids (monocarboxylic acids with ethylenically unsaturated bonds) such as acid and crotonic acid; ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid and citraconic acid ( dicarboxylic acids having ethylenically unsaturated bonds); anhydrides of the aforementioned ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; carboxyalkyl (meth)acrylates such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, and the like.

前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體較佳為含羥基之單體、含羧基之單體,更佳為含羥基之單體。 The aforementioned acrylic monomers having functional groups are preferably hydroxyl-containing monomers and carboxyl-containing monomers, more preferably hydroxyl-containing monomers.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned acrylic monomers having functional groups constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or may be two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be selected arbitrarily .

作為前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯 酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having no functional group include methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, Butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second-butyl (meth)acrylate, third-butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) Hexyl acrylate, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate , Isononyl (meth)acrylate, Decyl (meth)acrylate, Undecyl (meth)acrylate, Dodecyl (meth)acrylate (Lauryl (meth)acrylate), ( Tridecyl Methacrylate, Myristyl (Meth)acrylate (Myristyl (Meth)acrylate), Pentadecyl (Meth)acrylate, Acrylic (Meth) Hexadecyl (meth)acrylate palmityl, heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate) and other constituent alkanes The alkyl group of the base ester is an alkyl (meth)acrylate with a chain structure of 1 to 18 carbon atoms.

另外,作為前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體,例如亦可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸甲氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙氧基乙酯等含烷氧基烷基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;包含(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯等之具有芳香族基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯;非交聯性的(甲基)丙烯醯胺及其衍生物;(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸N,N-二甲胺基丙酯等非交聯性的具有三級胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 In addition, examples of the above-mentioned acrylic monomer having no functional group include methoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth)acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth)acrylate, etc. (meth)acrylic acid esters containing alkoxyalkyl groups such as ethoxyethyl (meth)acrylate; (meth)acrylate; non-cross-linked (meth)acrylamide and its derivatives; (meth)acrylate N,N-dimethylaminoethyl ester, (meth)acrylate N,N- Non-crosslinked (meth)acrylates with tertiary amino groups such as dimethylaminopropyl ester, etc.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述不具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned acrylic monomers having no functional groups constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one type, or may be two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combinations and ratios may be arbitrary choose.

作為前述非丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:乙烯、降冰片烯等烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 Examples of the non-acrylic monomers include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; and styrene.

構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述非丙烯酸系單體可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The said non-acrylic monomer which comprises the said acrylic polymer (a11) may be only 1 type, and may be 2 or more types, and when it is 2 or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be chosen arbitrarily.

前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)中,由前述具有官能基之丙烯酸系單體衍生之結構單元的量相對於構成該丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之結構單元的全部量之比例(含量)較佳為0.1質量%至50質量%,更佳為1質量%至40質量%,尤佳為3質量%至30質量%。藉由前述比例為此種範圍,可將由前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)與前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之共聚合所獲得之前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)中能量線硬化性基的含量容易地調節為使保護膜的硬化程度較佳之範圍。 In the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11), the ratio (content) of the amount of structural units derived from the aforementioned acrylic monomer having a functional group to the total amount of structural units constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) is preferable 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass, most preferably 3% by mass to 30% by mass. With the aforementioned ratio in such a range, the energy ray-curable group in the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerization of the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) and the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound (a12) can be The content of is easily adjusted to a range where the degree of hardening of the protective film is better.

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)之前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The above-mentioned acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the above-mentioned acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be selected arbitrarily .

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)的含量較佳為1質量%至40質量%,更佳為2質量%至30質量%,尤佳為3質量%至20質量%。 In the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1), the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) is preferably from 1% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 2% by mass to 30% by mass, most preferably 3% by mass % to 20% by mass.

‧能量線硬化性化合物(a12) ‧Energy ray hardening compound (a12)

前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為具有選自由異氰酸酯基、環氧基及羧基所組成之群組中的1種或2種以上作為可與前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)所具有之官能基反應之基,更佳為具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基。於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)例如具有異氰酸酯基作為前述基之 情形時,該異氰酸酯基與前述具有羥基作為官能基之丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)的該羥基容易反應。 The energy ray-curable compound (a12) preferably has one or more kinds selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group, and a carboxyl group as a compound that can be combined with the acrylic polymer (a11) The functional group-reactive group preferably has an isocyanate group as the aforementioned group. In the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound (a12), for example, one having an isocyanate group as the aforementioned group In some cases, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as a functional group.

前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為於1分子中具有1個至5個前述能量線硬化性基,更佳為具有1個至2個。 The aforementioned energy ray curable compound (a12) preferably has 1 to 5 aforementioned energy ray curable groups in 1 molecule, more preferably has 1 to 2 groups.

作為前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12),例如可列舉:異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯、間-異丙烯基-α,α-二甲基苄基異氰酸酯、甲基丙烯醯基異氰酸酯、異氰酸烯丙酯、異氰酸1,1-(雙丙烯醯氧基甲基)乙酯;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物與(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物;藉由二異氰酸酯化合物或多異氰酸酯化合物、多元醇化合物及(甲基)丙烯酸羥基乙酯之反應而獲得之丙烯醯基單異氰酸酯化合物等。 Examples of the energy ray-curing compound (a12) include 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate, m-isopropenyl-α,α-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, methacryl isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, 1,1-(bisacryloxymethyl)ethyl isocyanate; by reaction of diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound with hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate Acryl monoisocyanate compound obtained; acryl monoisocyanate compound obtained by reaction of diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound, polyol compound and hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

該等之中,前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)較佳為異氰酸2-甲基丙烯醯氧基乙酯。 Among them, the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloxyethyl isocyanate.

構成前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)之前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned energy ray-curable compound (a12) constituting the aforementioned acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type, or may be two or more types. choose.

前述丙烯酸系樹脂(a1-1)中,源自前述能量線硬化性 化合物(a12)之能量線硬化性基的含量相對於源自前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之前述官能基的含量之比例較佳為20莫耳%至120莫耳%,更佳為35莫耳%至100莫耳%,尤佳為50莫耳%至100莫耳%。藉由前述含量之比例為此種範圍,硬化後的保護膜的接著力進一步變大。再者,於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為一官能(於1分子中具有1個前述基)化合物之情形時,前述含量之比例的上限值成為100莫耳%,但於前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)為多官能(於1分子中具有2個以上前述基)化合物之情形時,前述含量之比例的上限值有時超過100莫耳%。 Among the aforementioned acrylic resins (a1-1), those derived from the aforementioned energy ray curability The ratio of the content of the energy ray-curable group in the compound (a12) to the content of the functional group derived from the acrylic polymer (a11) is preferably 20 mol% to 120 mol%, more preferably 35 mol%. mol% to 100 mol%, especially preferably 50 mol% to 100 mol%. When the ratio of the said content is such a range, the adhesive force of the protective film after hardening becomes larger further. Furthermore, in the case where the aforementioned energy ray-curable compound (a12) is a functional compound (having one of the aforementioned groups in 1 molecule), the upper limit of the ratio of the aforementioned content is 100 mol%. When the line-curing compound (a12) is a polyfunctional (having two or more of the above-mentioned groups in one molecule) compound, the upper limit of the ratio of the above-mentioned content may exceed 100 mol%.

前述聚合物(a1)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為100000至2000000,更佳為300000至1500000。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the aforementioned polymer (a1) is preferably from 100,000 to 2,000,000, more preferably from 300,000 to 1,500,000.

此處,所謂「重量平均分子量」如上文所說明。 Here, the "weight average molecular weight" is as described above.

於前述聚合物(a1)的至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯之情形時,前述聚合物(a1)可使不符合上述說明之構成前述丙烯酸系聚合物(a11)之任一單體且具有與交聯劑反應之基之單體進行聚合,在前述與交聯劑反應之基中進行交聯,亦可在源自前述能量線硬化性化合物(a12)之與前述官能基反應之基中進行交聯。 When at least a part of the aforementioned polymer (a1) is cross-linked by a cross-linking agent, the aforementioned polymer (a1) may contain any monomer constituting the aforementioned acrylic polymer (a11) that does not meet the above description and A monomer having a group reactive with a crosslinking agent is polymerized to perform crosslinking in the group reactive with the crosslinking agent, or a group derived from the energy ray-curable compound (a12) that reacts with the functional group can be crosslinked. in cross-linking.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之前述聚合物(a1)可僅為1種,亦可為2種 以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned polymer (a1) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film may be only one type or two types In the case of two or more of the above, the combination and ratio of these can be selected arbitrarily.

(具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)) (Compound (a2) having an energy ray curable group and having a molecular weight of 100 to 80000)

作為具有能量線硬化性基且分子量為100至80000之化合物(a2)中的前述能量線硬化性基,可列舉包含能量線硬化性雙鍵之基,作為較佳的該基,可列舉(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基等。 Examples of the aforementioned energy ray curable group in the compound (a2) having an energy ray curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80000 include a group containing an energy ray curable double bond, and preferable examples of the group include (a base) acryl, vinyl, etc.

若前述化合物(a2)滿足上述條件,則並無特別限定,可列舉:具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物、具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之酚樹脂等。 As long as the above-mentioned compound (a2) satisfies the above conditions, it is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include: low-molecular-weight compounds having energy ray-curable groups, epoxy resins having energy ray-curable groups, and phenol resins having energy ray-curable groups Wait.

前述化合物(a2)中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之低分子量化合物,例如可列舉多官能之單體或低聚物等,較佳為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之丙烯酸酯系化合物。 Among the aforementioned compounds (a2), examples of low-molecular-weight compounds having energy-ray-curable groups include polyfunctional monomers or oligomers, and acrylate compounds having (meth)acryl groups are preferred.

作為前述丙烯酸酯系化合物,例如可列舉:甲基丙烯酸2-羥基-3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙氧基化乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、乙氧基化雙酚A二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基二乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、9,9-雙[4-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯 基]茀、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基聚丙氧基)苯基]丙烷、三環癸烷二甲醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,10-癸二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,9-壬二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2,2-雙[4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙氧基)苯基]丙烷、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化聚丙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、2-羥基-1,3-二(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙烷等2官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;異氰脲酸三(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、ε-己內酯改性異氰脲酸三-(2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、乙氧基化甘油三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二-三羥甲基丙烷四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、乙氧基化季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇四(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯;(甲基)丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯低聚物等多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯低聚物等。 Examples of the aforementioned acrylate-based compounds include: 2-hydroxy-3-(meth)acryloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propoxylated ethoxy bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxypolyethoxy)phenyl]propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A bis(methyl) ) acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxydiethoxy)phenyl]propane, 9,9-bis[4-(2-(meth)acryloxy Ethoxy) benzene base] fennel, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxypolypropoxy)phenyl]propane, tricyclodecane dimethanol di(meth)acrylate, 1,10-decanedi Alcohol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate, dipropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tri Propylene Glycol Di(meth)acrylate, Polypropylene Glycol Di(meth)acrylate, Polybutylene Glycol Di(meth)acrylate, Ethylene Glycol Di(meth)acrylate, Diethylene Glycol Di(meth)acrylate ) acrylate, triethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis[4-((meth)acryloxyethoxy)phenyl]propane, neopentyl glycol di(methyl) ) acrylates, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylates, 2-hydroxy-1,3-di(meth)acryloxypropane and other bifunctional (meth)acrylates; isocyanuric acid Tris(2-(meth)acryloxyethyl)ester, ε-caprolactone modified tris-(2-(meth)acryloxyethyl)isocyanurate, ethoxylated Glyceryl tri(meth)acrylate, Pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, Trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, Di-trimethylolpropane tetra(meth)acrylate, Ethoxylated Multifunctional (meth)acrylates such as pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol poly(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate; ) polyfunctional (meth)acrylate oligomers such as urethane acrylate oligomers, etc.

前述化合物(a2)中,作為具有能量線硬化性基之環氧樹脂、具有能量線硬化性基之酚樹脂,例如可使用「日本特開2013-194102號公報」中的段落0043等中所記載之樹脂。此種樹脂亦符合構成後述之熱硬化性成分之樹脂,但本發明中視作前述化合物(a2)。 Among the aforementioned compounds (a2), as the epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group and the phenol resin having an energy ray curable group, for example, those described in paragraph 0043 of "JP-A-2013-194102" can be used. of resin. Such a resin also corresponds to a resin constituting a thermosetting component described later, but is regarded as the aforementioned compound (a2) in the present invention.

前述化合物(a2)的重量平均分子量較佳為100至30000,更佳為300至10000。 The weight average molecular weight of the aforementioned compound (a2) is preferably from 100 to 30,000, more preferably from 300 to 10,000.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之前述化合物(a2)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The aforementioned compound (a2) contained in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds , the combination and ratio of these can be chosen arbitrarily.

[不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)] [Polymer (b) not having an energy ray curable group]

於保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜含有前述化合物(a2)作為前述能量線硬化性成分(a)之情形時,較佳為亦進一步含有不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)。 When the composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film contain the aforementioned compound (a2) as the aforementioned energy ray curable component (a), it is preferable to further contain Energy ray curable polymer (b).

前述聚合物(b)可至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯,亦可不進行交聯。 The aforementioned polymer (b) may be at least partially cross-linked by a cross-linking agent, or may not be cross-linked.

作為不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:丙烯酸系聚合物、苯氧基樹脂、胺基甲酸酯樹脂、聚酯、橡膠系樹脂、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯樹脂等。 Examples of the polymer (b) not having an energy ray curable group include acrylic polymers, phenoxy resins, urethane resins, polyesters, rubber-based resins, and acrylic urethane resins. Wait.

該等之中,前述聚合物(b)較佳為丙烯酸系聚合物(以下,有時簡稱為「丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)」)。 Among them, the aforementioned polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter, may be simply referred to as "acrylic polymer (b-1)").

丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)可為公知的聚合物,例如可為1 種丙烯酸系單體的均聚物,亦可為2種以上丙烯酸系單體的共聚物,還可為1種或2種以上丙烯酸系單體與1種或2種以上除丙烯酸系單體以外的單體(非丙烯酸系單體)之共聚物。 The acrylic polymer (b-1) can be a known polymer, for example, it can be 1 A homopolymer of acrylic monomers, or a copolymer of two or more acrylic monomers, or one or more acrylic monomers and one or more acrylic monomers Copolymers of monomers (non-acrylic monomers).

作為構成丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之前述丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯、含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。此處,所謂「取代胺基」,如上文所說明。 Examples of the acrylic monomers constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include alkyl (meth)acrylates, (meth)acrylates having a cyclic skeleton, glycidyl group-containing (meth)acrylates, base) acrylates, hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylates, substituted amino-containing (meth)acrylates, etc. Here, the "substituted amino group" is as described above.

作為前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第二丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸庚酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸正壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異壬酯、(甲基)丙烯酸癸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十一烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十三烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十四烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸肉豆蔻酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十五烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十六烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸棕櫚酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十七烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)等構成烷基酯之 烷基為碳數為1至18之鏈狀結構之(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯等。 Examples of the aforementioned alkyl (meth)acrylates include: methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, n-propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, ( n-butyl methacrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, second butyl (meth)acrylate, third butyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Hexyl ester, heptyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, isooctyl (meth)acrylate, n-octyl (meth)acrylate, n-nonyl (meth)acrylate, Isononyl (meth)acrylate, decyl (meth)acrylate, undecyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate (lauryl (meth)acrylate), (meth)acrylate base) tridecyl acrylate, myristyl (meth)acrylate (myristyl (meth)acrylate), pentadecyl (meth)acrylate, hexadecyl (meth)acrylate Alkyl esters such as palmityl (meth)acrylate), heptadecyl (meth)acrylate, octadecyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate) etc. The alkyl group is an alkyl (meth)acrylate with a chain structure having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.

作為前述具有環狀骨架之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯等(甲基)丙烯酸芳烷基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯基酯;(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯氧基乙酯等(甲基)丙烯酸環烯氧基烷基酯等。 Examples of (meth)acrylates having a cyclic skeleton include cycloalkyl (meth)acrylates such as isobornyl (meth)acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth)acrylate; Aralkyl (meth)acrylate such as benzyl acrylate; cycloalkenyl (meth)acrylate such as dicyclopentenyl (meth)acrylate; dicyclopentenyloxyethyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Cycloalkenyloxyalkyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

作為前述含縮水甘油基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。 As said glycidyl group containing (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為前述含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸羥基甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸3-羥基丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯等。 Examples of the aforementioned hydroxyl group-containing (meth)acrylate include: hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylate ) 3-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth)acrylate, etc.

作為前述含取代胺基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯,例如可列舉(甲基)丙烯酸N-甲基胺基乙酯等。 As said substituted amino group containing (meth)acrylate, N-methylamino ethyl (meth)acrylate etc. are mentioned, for example.

作為構成丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之前述非丙烯酸系單體,例如可列舉:乙烯、降冰片烯等烯烴;乙酸乙烯酯;苯乙烯等。 Examples of the non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; and styrene.

作為至少一部分藉由交聯劑進行交聯且不具有前述能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:前述聚合物(b)中的反應性官能基與交聯劑反應之聚合物。 Examples of the polymer (b) that is at least partly crosslinked by a crosslinking agent and does not have the aforementioned energy ray-curable groups include, for example, polymerization in which the reactive functional group in the aforementioned polymer (b) reacts with a crosslinking agent. thing.

前述反應性官能基根據交聯劑之種類等適宜選擇即可,並無特別限定。例如,於交聯劑為多異氰酸酯化合物之情形時,作為前述反應性官能基,可列舉羥基、羧基、胺基等,該等之中,較佳為與異氰酸酯基之反應性高之羥基。另外,於交聯劑為環氧系化合物之情形時,作為前述反應性官能基,可列舉羧基、胺基、醯胺基等,該等之中,較佳為與環氧基之反應性高之羧基。但是,就防止半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的電路腐蝕之方面而言,前述反應性官能基較佳為羧基以外的基。 The aforementioned reactive functional group may be appropriately selected according to the type of crosslinking agent and the like, and is not particularly limited. For example, when the crosslinking agent is a polyisocyanate compound, the reactive functional group includes a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an amino group, and the like, and among them, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with an isocyanate group is preferable. In addition, when the crosslinking agent is an epoxy-based compound, examples of the reactive functional group include carboxyl groups, amine groups, and amido groups. Among them, those with high reactivity with epoxy groups are preferred. The carboxyl group. However, the aforementioned reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxyl group from the viewpoint of preventing corrosion of a semiconductor wafer or a circuit of a semiconductor wafer.

作為具有前述反應性官能基且不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),例如可列舉:至少使具有前述反應性官能基之單體進行聚合而獲得之聚合物。於丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之情形時,作為構成該丙烯酸系聚合物(b-1)之單體所列舉之前述丙烯酸系單體及非丙烯酸系單體的任一者或兩者,使用具有前述反應性官能基之單體即可。作為具有羥基作為反應性官能基之前述聚合物(b),例如可列舉使含羥基之(甲基)丙烯酸酯進行聚合而獲得之聚合物,除此以外,亦可列舉使上文所列舉之前述丙烯酸系單體或非丙烯酸系單體中1個或2個以上氫原子被前述反應性官能基取代而成之單體進行聚合而獲得之聚合物。 As a polymer (b) which has the said reactive functional group and does not have an energy-ray curable group, the polymer obtained by polymerizing at least the monomer which has the said reactive functional group is mentioned, for example. In the case of the acrylic polymer (b-1), any one or both of the aforementioned acrylic monomers and non-acrylic monomers listed as monomers constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) , the monomers having the aforementioned reactive functional groups can be used. As the aforementioned polymer (b) having a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group, for example, a polymer obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl-containing (meth)acrylate is exemplified. A polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned acrylic monomer or non-acrylic monomer are replaced by the aforementioned reactive functional group.

具有反應性官能基之前述聚合物(b)中,由具有反應性官能基之單體衍生之結構單元的量相對於構成該聚合物(b)之結構單元的全部量之比例(含量)較佳為1質量%至20質量%,更佳為2質量%至10質量%。藉由前述比例為此種範圍,前述聚合物(b)中,交聯程度成為更佳的範圍。 In the aforementioned polymer (b) having a reactive functional group, the ratio (content) of the amount of structural units derived from a monomer having a reactive functional group relative to the total amount of structural units constituting the polymer (b) is relatively small. Preferably, it is 1 mass % to 20 mass %, More preferably, it is 2 mass % to 10 mass %. When the ratio is in such a range, the degree of crosslinking in the polymer (b) is in a more preferable range.

就保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)的造膜性更良好之方面而言,不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為10000至2000000,更佳為100000至1500000。此處,所謂「重量平均分子量」,如上文所說明。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (b) not having an energy ray curable group is preferably 10,000 to 2,000,000 in terms of better film-forming properties of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), More preferably, it is 100,000 to 1,500,000. Here, the "weight average molecular weight" is as described above.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜所含有之不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上,於為2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 The polymer (b) not having an energy ray curable group contained in the composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film and the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film may be only one kind, or may be two or more kinds, In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio of these can be selected arbitrarily.

作為保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1),可列舉含有前述聚合物(a1)及前述化合物(a2)的任一者或兩者之組成物。並且,於保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)含有前述化合物(a2)之情形時,較佳為亦進一步含有不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b),該情形時,亦較佳為進一步含有前述(a1)。另外,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)亦可不含有前述化合物(a2),且一併含有前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量線硬化性基之 聚合物(b)。 Examples of the composition (IV-1) for forming a protective film include a composition containing either or both of the aforementioned polymer (a1) and the aforementioned compound (a2). In addition, when the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) contains the aforementioned compound (a2), it is preferable to further contain a polymer (b) not having an energy ray curable group. In this case, it is also less It is preferable to further contain the aforementioned (a1). In addition, the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) may not contain the aforementioned compound (a2), and may also contain the aforementioned polymer (a1) and a polymer having no energy ray curable group. Polymer (b).

於保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)含有前述聚合物(a1)、前述化合物(a2)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)之情形時,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,前述化合物(a2)的含量相對於前述聚合物(a1)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的總含量100質量份,較佳為10質量份至400質量份,更佳為30質量份至350質量份。 When the protective film forming composition (IV-1) contains the aforementioned polymer (a1), the aforementioned compound (a2) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group, the protective film forming composition ( In IV-1), the content of the aforementioned compound (a2) is preferably 10 to 400 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) not having an energy-ray-curable group. parts by mass, more preferably 30 to 350 parts by mass.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,前述能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的合計含量(亦即,能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜中的前述能量線硬化性成分(a)及不具有能量線硬化性基之聚合物(b)的合計含量)相對於溶劑以外的成分的總含量之比例較佳為5質量%至90質量%,更佳為10質量%至80質量%,尤佳為20質量%至70質量%。藉由能量線硬化性成分的含量的前述比例為此種範圍,能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜的能量線硬化性變得更良好。 In the protective film forming composition (IV-1), the total content of the aforementioned energy ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) not having an energy ray curable group (that is, energy ray curable protective film formation The ratio of the total content of the energy ray curable component (a) and the polymer (b) not having an energy ray curable group) in the film to the total content of the components other than the solvent is preferably 5% by mass to 90% by mass. % by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 80% by mass, especially preferably 20% by mass to 70% by mass. The energy ray curability of the film for energy ray curable protective film formation becomes more favorable by making the said ratio of content of an energy ray curable component into such a range.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,除前述能量線硬化性成分以外,亦可根據目的而含有選自由熱硬化性成分、光聚合起始劑、填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑所組成之群組中的1種或2種以上。例如,藉由使用含有前述能量線硬化性成分及熱硬化性成分之保護膜 形成用組成物(IV-1),所形成之能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜藉由加熱而對被黏著體之接著力提高,由該能量線硬化性保護膜形成用膜形成之保護膜的強度亦提高。 The composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) may contain, in addition to the aforementioned energy ray curable components, a group selected from thermosetting components, photopolymerization initiators, fillers, coupling agents, and crosslinking agents according to purposes. 1 or more of the group consisting of , coloring agent and general-purpose additives. For example, by using a protective film containing the aforementioned energy ray curable components and thermosetting components Forming composition (IV-1), the formed film for forming an energy ray curable protective film has improved adhesive force to an adherend by heating, and the protective film formed of the film for forming an energy ray curable protective film strength is also increased.

作為保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中的前述熱硬化性成分、光聚合起始劑、填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑,可列舉:分別與保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中的熱硬化性成分(B)、光聚合起始劑(H)、填充材料(D)、偶合劑(E)、交聯劑(F)、著色劑(I)及通用添加劑(J)相同之化合物。 Examples of the aforementioned thermosetting components, photopolymerization initiators, fillers, coupling agents, crosslinking agents, colorants, and general additives in the protective film forming composition (IV-1) include: With the thermosetting component (B), photopolymerization initiator (H), filler (D), coupling agent (E), crosslinking agent (F), colorant (I) in the composition (III-1) ) and the same compound as the general additive (J).

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中,前述熱硬化性成分、光聚合起始劑、填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑可分別單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上,於併用2種以上之情形時,該等之組合及比率可任意選擇。 In the protective film forming composition (IV-1), the aforementioned thermosetting components, photopolymerization initiators, fillers, coupling agents, crosslinking agents, colorants, and general additives may be used alone or in combination. Two or more, and when two or more are used together, the combination and ratio of these can be selected arbitrarily.

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中的前述熱硬化性成分、光聚合起始劑、填充材料、偶合劑、交聯劑、著色劑及通用添加劑的含量根據目的適宜調節即可,並無特別限定。 The contents of the thermosetting components, photopolymerization initiators, fillers, coupling agents, crosslinking agents, colorants, and general-purpose additives in the protective film forming composition (IV-1) may be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose, and No particular limitation.

就藉由稀釋而使該組成物的操作性提高而言,保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)較佳為進一步含有溶劑。 It is preferable that the composition for protective film formation (IV-1) further contains a solvent in order to improve the handleability of this composition by dilution.

作為保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)所含有之溶劑,例如可列舉與保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)中的溶劑相同之溶劑。 Examples of the solvent contained in the protective film forming composition (IV-1) include the same solvents as those in the protective film forming composition (III-1).

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)所含有之溶劑可僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 The solvent contained in the composition (IV-1) for protective film formation may be only 1 type, and may be 2 or more types.

<<能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物的製造方法>> <<Manufacturing method of energy ray curable protective film forming composition>>

保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)等能量線硬化性保護膜形成用組成物可藉由調配用以構成該組成物之各成分而獲得。 An energy ray-curable protective film-forming composition such as the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) can be obtained by preparing each component constituting the composition.

調配各成分時之添加順序並無特別限定,亦可同時添加2種以上之成分。 The order of addition of each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added at the same time.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可藉由下述方式使用,即,將溶劑與溶劑以外的任一種調配成分混合而將該調配成分預先稀釋;亦可藉由下述方式使用,即,不將溶劑以外的任一種調配成分預先稀釋而將溶劑與該等調配成分混合。 In the case of using a solvent, it can be used by mixing the solvent with any formulation component other than the solvent and diluting the formulation component in advance; it can also be used by not using the solvent Any one of the other formulation components is diluted in advance and the solvent is mixed with the formulation components.

調配時混合各成分之方法並無特別限定,自以下公知的方法中適宜選擇即可:使攪拌子或攪拌翼等旋轉而進行混合之方法;使用混合機進行混合之方法;施加超音波進行混合之方法等。 There are no particular limitations on the method of mixing the ingredients during preparation, and it is sufficient to select from the following known methods: a method of mixing by rotating a stirring bar or a stirring blade; a method of mixing by using a mixer; and mixing by applying ultrasonic waves. method etc.

關於添加及混合各成分時的溫度及時間,只要不使各調配成分劣化,則並無特別限定,適宜調節即可,溫度較佳為15℃至30℃。 The temperature and time for adding and mixing the components are not particularly limited as long as the components are not degraded, and may be appropriately adjusted. The temperature is preferably 15°C to 30°C.

○塗層 ○ Coating

關於前述塗層,只要該塗層中的與和支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra小於支持片中的具備塗 層之側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra,則並無特別限定。 Regarding the aforementioned coating, as long as the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the coating on the side opposite to the side in contact with the support sheet is smaller than that of the support sheet with the coating The surface roughness Ra of the surface on the side of the layer is not particularly limited.

作為前述塗層,例如較佳為含有藉由照射能量線進行硬化而獲得之硬化物之塗層,較佳為使藉由照射能量線進行聚合之含有能量線聚合性化合物之塗佈組成物硬化而獲得之塗層。並且,前述能量線聚合性化合物較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸或其衍生物。 As the aforementioned coating layer, for example, a coating layer containing a cured product obtained by curing by irradiating energy rays is preferable, and a coating composition containing an energy ray polymerizable compound that is polymerized by irradiating energy rays is preferably cured and obtain the coating. Furthermore, the aforementioned energy ray polymerizable compound is preferably (meth)acrylic acid or a derivative thereof.

前述保護膜形成用複合片不僅具有形成用以保護切割所得之半導體晶片的背面之功能,例如亦可兼具作為切割半導體晶圓時之切割片之功能。並且,切割半導體晶圓時,有時將貼附有保護膜形成用複合片之半導體晶圓延伸,該情形時,要求保護膜形成用複合片具有適度的柔軟性。為了對保護膜形成用複合片賦予適度的柔軟性,例如有時選擇聚丙烯等柔軟的樹脂作為構成前述支持片之材質。另一方面,此種柔軟的樹脂等有時因加熱而變形或產生褶皺。因此,塗層可謂較理想為使成為原料之組成物藉由照射能量線進行硬化,並非進行熱硬化而形成。 The above-mentioned composite sheet for forming a protective film not only has the function of being formed to protect the back surface of the diced semiconductor wafer, but also has a function as a dicing sheet when dicing the semiconductor wafer, for example. In addition, when dicing a semiconductor wafer, the semiconductor wafer to which the composite sheet for forming a protective film is attached may be stretched. In this case, the composite sheet for forming a protective film is required to have moderate flexibility. In order to impart appropriate flexibility to the composite sheet for protective film formation, for example, a soft resin such as polypropylene may be selected as a material constituting the support sheet. On the other hand, such soft resins and the like may be deformed or wrinkled by heating. Therefore, it can be said that the coating is preferably formed by hardening the composition used as a raw material by irradiating energy rays, rather than thermally hardening.

前述塗層的厚度並無特別限定,較佳為0.1μm至20μm,更佳為0.4μm至15μm,尤佳為0.8μm至10μm。藉由塗層的厚度為前述下限值以上,塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra變得更容易降低,進一步抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片之黏連之功效變得更高。另外,藉由塗層的厚度為前述上限值以下, 經由前述片藉由紅外線相機等檢測貼附前述保護膜形成用複合片後的半導體晶圓的狀態時,可獲取更清晰的檢測圖像,再者可更容易地伴隨延伸切割半導體晶圓。 The thickness of the aforementioned coating is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0.1 μm to 20 μm, more preferably 0.4 μm to 15 μm, and most preferably 0.8 μm to 10 μm. When the thickness of the coating layer is equal to or greater than the aforementioned lower limit value, the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the coating layer opposite to the side in contact with the aforementioned support sheet becomes easier to reduce, further suppressing the aforementioned composite sheet for protective film formation. The effect of adhesion becomes higher. In addition, by the thickness of the coating being below the aforementioned upper limit, When the state of the semiconductor wafer to which the protective film forming composite sheet is attached is inspected by an infrared camera or the like through the sheet, a clearer inspection image can be obtained, and the semiconductor wafer can be more easily diced along with stretching.

再者,由於塗層如上所述般被覆支持片的凹凸面,故而與支持片之接觸面可成為凹凸面,於塗層的該凹凸面中包含凸部之部位中,塗層的厚度可將該凸部的頂端作為一起點而算出。 Furthermore, since the coating covers the concave-convex surface of the support sheet as described above, the contact surface with the support sheet can become a concave-convex surface, and the thickness of the coating layer can be as large as The tip of the convex portion is calculated as a common point.

前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra較佳為0.5μm以下,更佳為0.4μm以下,進一步較佳為0.3μm以下,尤佳為0.2μm以下。藉由塗層的前述表面粗糙度Ra為前述上限值以下,可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射印字。 The surface roughness Ra of the surface of the coating layer opposite to the side in contact with the support sheet is preferably at most 0.5 μm, more preferably at most 0.4 μm, further preferably at most 0.3 μm, and most preferably at most 0.2 μm. the following. When the said surface roughness Ra of a coating layer is below the said upper limit, laser printing can be performed more clearly on a protective film.

另外,前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra的下限值並無特別限定,例如可設為0.005μm等。 In addition, the lower limit value of the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the coating layer on the side opposite to the side in contact with the support sheet is not particularly limited, and may be 0.005 μm or the like, for example.

亦即,前述表面粗糙度Ra例如可設為較佳為0.005μm至0.5μm、更佳為0.005μm至0.4μm、進一步較佳為0.005μm至0.3μm、尤佳為0.005μm至0.2μm以下。 That is, the above-mentioned surface roughness Ra can be, for example, preferably set at 0.005 μm to 0.5 μm, more preferably at 0.005 μm to 0.4 μm, further preferably at 0.005 μm to 0.3 μm, and most preferably at 0.005 μm to 0.2 μm or less.

塗層的前述表面粗糙度Ra例如可藉由支持片中的具備塗層之側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra、塗層的厚度、用以形成塗層之後述塗佈組成物之塗敷方法等進行調節。 The above-mentioned surface roughness Ra of the coating layer can be determined by, for example, the surface roughness Ra of the surface of the support sheet having the coating layer, the thickness of the coating layer, the coating method of the coating composition described later for forming the coating layer, etc. Make adjustments.

關於前述塗層,[塗層的厚度(μm)]/[支持片中的具備塗層之側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra(μm)]之值較佳為0.1至30,更佳為0.3至20,尤佳為0.5至10。藉由前述值為前述下限值以上,塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度Ra變得更小。因此,可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射印字,再者抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片之黏連之功效變得更高。另外,藉由前述值為前述上限值以下,可避免塗層的厚度過厚。 Regarding the aforementioned coating, the value of [thickness of coating (μm)]/[surface roughness Ra (μm) of the surface of the side having the coating in the support sheet] is preferably from 0.1 to 30, more preferably from 0.3 to 20, preferably 0.5 to 10. The surface roughness Ra of the surface on the opposite side to the side in contact with the said support sheet in a coating layer becomes smaller by the said value being more than the said lower limit value. Therefore, laser printing can be performed on the protective film more clearly, and the effect of suppressing the blocking of the above-mentioned composite sheet for forming a protective film becomes higher. Moreover, since the said value is below the said upper limit, it can avoid that the thickness of a coating layer becomes too thick.

前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側(前述支持片側)為相反側的表面的光澤值較佳為32至95,更佳為40至90,尤佳為45至85,例如可為50至80。藉由塗層的前述光澤值為此種範圍,可對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射印字。再者,藉由塗層的前述光澤值為前述下限值以上,經由前述片藉由紅外線相機等檢測貼附前述保護膜形成用複合片後的半導體晶圓的狀態時,可獲取更清晰的檢測圖像。並且,藉由塗層的前述光澤值為前述上限值以下,同樣地檢測半導體晶圓的狀態時,可抑制塗層發亮之現象,更容易利用紅外線相機等視認檢測圖像。 The gloss value of the surface of the coating layer opposite to the side in contact with the aforementioned support sheet (the aforementioned support sheet side) is preferably 32 to 95, more preferably 40 to 90, particularly preferably 45 to 85, for example, 50 to 80. When the above-mentioned gloss value of the coating layer is in such a range, laser printing can be performed more clearly on the protective film. Furthermore, when the aforementioned gloss value of the coating layer is greater than the aforementioned lower limit value, when the state of the semiconductor wafer to which the aforementioned protective film forming composite sheet is pasted is detected by an infrared camera or the like through the aforementioned sheet, a clearer image can be obtained. Detect images. In addition, when the gloss value of the coating is below the upper limit, similarly detecting the state of the semiconductor wafer can prevent the coating from shining, making it easier to visually recognize the detection image using an infrared camera or the like.

再者,前述光澤值係依據JIS K 7105,自塗層的與前述支持片側相反之側,測定塗層表面的20°鏡面光澤度而獲得之值。 In addition, the aforementioned gloss value is a value obtained by measuring the 20° specular gloss of the coating surface from the side opposite to the support sheet side of the coating according to JIS K 7105.

保護膜形成用複合片的自前述塗層側的霧度的測定 值較佳為47%以下,更佳為1%至47%,進一步較佳為2%至40%,尤佳為3%至30%。藉由保護膜形成用複合片的前述霧度為前述上限值以下,可抑制光之散射,從而對保護膜更清晰地進行雷射印字。另外,經由前述片藉由紅外線相機等檢測貼附前述保護膜形成用複合片後的半導體晶圓的狀態時,可獲取更清晰的檢測圖像。此處,所謂保護膜形成用複合片的前述霧度的測定值,意指針對保護膜形成用複合片,自前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的方向測定之霧度值。 Measurement of Haze from the Coating Side of the Composite Sheet for Protective Film Formation The value is preferably 47% or less, more preferably 1% to 47%, further preferably 2% to 40%, especially preferably 3% to 30%. When the said haze of the composite sheet for protective film formation is below the said upper limit, scattering of light can be suppressed, and laser printing can be performed on a protective film more clearly. In addition, when the state of the semiconductor wafer to which the protective film forming composite sheet is attached is detected by an infrared camera or the like through the sheet, a clearer detection image can be obtained. Here, the measured value of the aforementioned haze of the composite sheet for protective film formation means that, with respect to the composite sheet for protective film formation, it is measured from the direction of the surface of the coating layer opposite to the side in contact with the support sheet. the haze value.

再者,前述霧度係依據JIS K 7136進行測定而獲得之值。 In addition, the said haze is the value measured based on JISK7136.

前述塗層的光澤值等各種特性例如可藉由塗層的厚度、用以形成塗層之後述塗佈組成物的含有成分等進行調節。 Various properties such as the gloss value of the aforementioned coating layer can be adjusted by, for example, the thickness of the coating layer, the ingredients contained in the coating composition described below for forming the coating layer, and the like.

保護膜形成用複合片的自前述塗層側的霧度的測定值例如可藉由塗層或支持片等構成保護膜形成用複合片之各層的厚度、用以形成該等各層之組成物(例如,後述塗佈組成物)的含有成分等進行調節。 The measured value of the haze from the coating side of the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be measured, for example, from the thickness of each layer constituting the composite sheet for forming a protective film, such as a coating layer or a support sheet, and the composition used to form these layers ( For example, the components contained in the coating composition (described later) are adjusted.

<<塗佈組成物>> <<Coating composition>>

前述塗佈組成物較佳為含有二氧化矽溶膠及鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物之二氧化矽微粒子中的任一者或兩者(α)(以下,有時簡稱為「成分(α)」)、 以及選自由多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體及丙烯酸酯系預聚物所組成之群組中的1種或2種以上(β)(以下,有時簡稱為「成分(β)」)。 The aforementioned coating composition is preferably any one or both of silica sol and silica microparticles (α) (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as is "ingredient (α)"), And one or more (β) selected from the group consisting of polyfunctional acrylate monomers and acrylate prepolymers (hereinafter, may be simply referred to as “component (β)”).

[成分(α)] [ingredient (α)]

前述成分(α)用以使前述塗層的折射率降低,並且使前述保護膜形成用複合片的硬化收縮性及熱濕收縮性降低,從而抑制因該等收縮而導致保護膜形成用複合片中產生捲曲。 The above-mentioned component (α) is used to reduce the refractive index of the above-mentioned coating layer, and to reduce the curing shrinkage and heat-moisture shrinkage of the above-mentioned protective film-forming composite sheet, thereby suppressing the damage of the protective-film-forming composite sheet due to such shrinkage. produces curls.

作為成分(α)中的二氧化矽溶膠,例如可列舉膠體二氧化矽,該膠體二氧化矽係二氧化矽微粒子於醇、源自乙二醇之醚(溶纖劑)等有機溶劑中以膠體狀態懸浮而成。懸浮之前述二氧化矽微粒子的平均粒徑較佳為0.001μm至1μm,更佳為0.03μm至0.05μm。 Examples of the silica sol in the component (α) include colloidal silica-based silica microparticles dissolved in organic solvents such as alcohols and glycol-derived ethers (cellosolves). The colloidal state is suspended. The average particle size of the above-mentioned suspended silica particles is preferably from 0.001 μm to 1 μm, more preferably from 0.03 μm to 0.05 μm.

成分(α)中的鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物之二氧化矽微粒子藉由照射能量線而進行交聯及硬化。 The silica microparticles in the component (α) to which the radically polymerizable unsaturated group-containing organic compound is bonded are crosslinked and hardened by irradiation with energy rays.

作為前述鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物之二氧化矽微粒子,例如可列舉存在於二氧化矽微粒子的表面之矽烷醇基與含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物中的官能基反應而成之粒子,該二氧化矽微粒子的平均粒徑較佳為0.005μm至1μm。含自由基聚合性不飽 和基之有機化合物中的前述官能基只要可與二氧化矽微粒子中的前述矽烷醇基反應,則並無特別限定。 Examples of the silica fine particles to which a radically polymerizable unsaturated group-containing organic compound is bonded include, for example, silanol groups existing on the surface of the silica fine particle and a radically polymerizable unsaturated group-containing organic compound. The particles formed by reacting the functional groups of the silica particles preferably have an average particle diameter of 0.005 μm to 1 μm. Contains free radically polymerizable unsaturated The above-mentioned functional group in the organic compound of the group is not particularly limited as long as it can react with the above-mentioned silanol group in the silica fine particles.

作為具有前述官能基之含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物,例如可列舉下述通式(1)所表示之化合物等。 As a radically polymerizable unsaturated group-containing organic compound which has the said functional group, the compound etc. which are represented by following General formula (1) are mentioned, for example.

Figure 105140850-A0202-12-0085-1
Figure 105140850-A0202-12-0085-1

(式中,R1為氫原子或甲基;R2為鹵素原子或下述式(2a)至式(2f)中的任一者所表示之基) (In the formula, R 1 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group; R 2 is a halogen atom or a group represented by any one of the following formula (2a) to formula (2f))

Figure 105140850-A0202-12-0085-2
Figure 105140850-A0202-12-0085-2

作為R2中的前述鹵素原子,例如可列舉:氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等。 Examples of the halogen atom in R 2 include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.

作為較佳的前述含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯醯氯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-異氰酸酯基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、 (甲基)丙烯酸2,3-亞胺基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯、(3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基)三甲氧基矽烷等。 Examples of preferable organic compounds containing radically polymerizable unsaturated groups include (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acryl chloride, 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) ) glycidyl acrylate, 2,3-iminopropyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (3-(meth)acryloxypropyl)trimethoxysilane, etc.

本發明中,前述含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 In the present invention, the above-mentioned radically polymerizable unsaturated group-containing organic compound may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

成分(α)中,二氧化矽溶膠、及鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物之二氧化矽微粒子可分別僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 In the component (α), the silica sol and the silica fine particles to which the organic compound containing a radically polymerizable unsaturated group is bonded may be only one type, or two or more types.

作為成分(α),可僅使用二氧化矽溶膠,亦可僅使用前述鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物之二氧化矽微粒子,還可併用二氧化矽溶膠及前述鍵結有含自由基聚合性不飽和基之有機化合物之二氧化矽微粒子。 As the component (α), only silica sol may be used, or only the above-mentioned silica fine particles bonded with an organic compound containing a radically polymerizable unsaturated group may be used, or silica sol and the above-mentioned bond may be used in combination. Silica microparticles containing organic compounds containing radically polymerizable unsaturated groups.

前述塗佈組成物中的成分(α)的含量較佳為根據前述支持片的折射率進行選擇,通常較佳為使前述塗層中的源自成分(α)之二氧化矽的含量成為20質量%至60質量%之量。藉由二氧化矽的前述含量為前述下限值以上,使塗層的折射率降低之功效、及抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片中產生捲曲之功效變得更高。另外,藉由二氧化矽的前述含量為前述上限值以下,更容易形成塗層,並且抑制塗層硬度降低之功效變得更高。 The content of the component (α) in the aforementioned coating composition is preferably selected according to the refractive index of the aforementioned support sheet, and it is generally preferred that the content of silicon dioxide derived from the component (α) in the aforementioned coating layer be 20 % by mass to 60% by mass. When the said content of silicon dioxide is more than the said lower limit, the effect of reducing the refractive index of a coating layer and the effect of suppressing generation|occurrence|production of curl in the said composite sheet for protective film formation become higher. In addition, when the aforementioned content of silicon dioxide is not more than the aforementioned upper limit, it becomes easier to form a coating, and the effect of suppressing a decrease in the hardness of the coating becomes higher.

就上述塗層的折射率、形成容易性及硬度、以及抑制 保護膜形成用複合片中產生捲曲之性質變得更良好而言,塗層中的源自成分(α)之二氧化矽的含量更佳為20質量%至45質量%。 Regarding the refractive index, easiness of formation and hardness of the above-mentioned coating, and inhibition The content of the silicon dioxide derived from the component (α) in the coating layer is more preferably 20% by mass to 45% by mass in order to improve the property of curling in the composite sheet for forming a protective film.

[成分(β)] [Ingredient (β)]

前述成分(β)為形成前述塗層之主要的光硬化性成分。 The aforementioned component (β) is a main photocurable component that forms the aforementioned coating layer.

前述成分(β)中的多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體只要為於1分子中具有2個以上(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物,則並無特別限定。 The polyfunctional acrylate monomer in the said component ((beta)) will not be specifically limited if it is a (meth)acrylic acid derivative which has 2 or more (meth)acryloyl groups in 1 molecule.

作為較佳的前述多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體,例如可列舉:1,4-丁二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、1,6-己二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、聚乙二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、羥基特戊酸新戊二醇二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊酯、己內酯改性二(甲基)丙烯酸二環戊烯酯、環氧乙烷改性磷酸二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、烯丙基化環己基二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸酯二(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙酸改性二季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、環氧丙烷改性三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸三(丙烯醯氧基乙基)酯、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、丙酸改性二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯、己內酯改性二季戊四 醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 Examples of preferable polyfunctional acrylate monomers include: 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl Glycol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, hydroxypivalate neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, dicyclopentyl di(meth)acrylate, hexyl Lactone modified dicyclopentenyl di(meth)acrylate, Ethylene oxide modified phosphate di(meth)acrylate, Allylated cyclohexyl di(meth)acrylate, Isocyanurate Di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, propionic acid modified dipentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate ) acrylate, propylene oxide modified trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, tri(acryloxyethyl)isocyanurate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, propionic acid modified Dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, caprolactone modified dipentaerythritol Alcohol hexa(meth)acrylate, etc.

前述成分(β)中的丙烯酸酯系預聚物只要為利用(甲基)丙烯酸酯而具有光硬化性之聚合物或低聚物,則並無特別限定。 The acrylate-based prepolymer in the component (β) is not particularly limited as long as it is a photocurable polymer or oligomer using (meth)acrylate.

作為較佳的前述丙烯酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉:聚酯丙烯酸酯系預聚物、環氧丙烯酸酯系預聚物、丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯系預聚物、多元醇丙烯酸酯系預聚物等。 Examples of preferred acrylate prepolymers include polyester acrylate prepolymers, epoxy acrylate prepolymers, urethane acrylate prepolymers, polyol acrylate prepolymers, and polyol acrylate prepolymers. prepolymers, etc.

作為前述聚酯丙烯酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉藉由下述方式而獲得之預聚物:藉由多元羧酸與多元醇之縮合反應而獲得於分子的兩末端具有羥基之聚酯低聚物,利用(甲基)丙烯酸將所獲得之聚酯低聚物的前述羥基酯化;使多元羧酸與環氧烷進行加成反應而獲得低聚物,利用(甲基)丙烯酸將所獲得之低聚物的末端的羥基酯化。 As the aforementioned polyester acrylate prepolymer, for example, a prepolymer obtained by obtaining a polyester having hydroxyl groups at both ends of the molecule through a condensation reaction of a polycarboxylic acid and a polyhydric alcohol is exemplified. polymer, using (meth)acrylic acid to esterify the aforementioned hydroxyl groups of the polyester oligomers obtained; to obtain oligomers by adding polycarboxylic acids and alkylene oxides, using (meth)acrylic acid to obtain The terminal hydroxyl groups of the obtained oligomers were esterified.

作為前述環氧丙烯酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉藉由下述方式而獲得之預聚物:使相對較低分子量的雙酚型環氧樹脂或酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂的環氧乙烷環(oxirane ring)與(甲基)丙烯酸反應而進行酯化。 As the aforementioned epoxy acrylate prepolymer, for example, a prepolymer obtained by making a relatively low molecular weight bisphenol-type epoxy resin or a novolac-type epoxy resin ethylene oxide A ring (oxirane ring) reacts with (meth)acrylic acid to perform esterification.

作為前述丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉藉由下述方式而獲得之預聚物:藉由聚醚多元醇或聚酯多元醇與多異氰酸酯之反應而獲得聚胺基甲酸酯低聚物,利用(甲基)丙烯酸將所獲得之聚胺基甲酸酯低聚物酯化。 As the above-mentioned urethane acrylate prepolymer, for example, a prepolymer obtained by obtaining polyurethane by reacting polyether polyol or polyester polyol with polyisocyanate is exemplified. Ester oligomers, using (meth)acrylic acid to esterify the obtained polyurethane oligomers.

作為前述多元醇丙烯酸酯系預聚物,例如可列舉藉由 下述方式而獲得之預聚物:利用(甲基)丙烯酸將聚醚多元醇的羥基酯化。 As the aforementioned polyol acrylate prepolymer, for example, the A prepolymer obtained by esterifying hydroxyl groups of polyether polyols with (meth)acrylic acid.

成分(β)中,前述多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體及丙烯酸酯系預聚物可分別僅為1種,亦可為2種以上。 In the component (β), the polyfunctional acrylate monomer and the acrylate prepolymer may each be one kind, or two or more kinds.

作為成分(β),可僅使用前述多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體,亦可僅使用前述丙烯酸酯系預聚物,還可併用前述多官能性丙烯酸酯系單體及丙烯酸酯系預聚物。 As the component (β), the aforementioned polyfunctional acrylate monomer may be used alone, or the aforementioned acrylate prepolymer may be used alone, or the aforementioned polyfunctional acrylate monomer and acrylate prepolymer may be used in combination. .

[溶劑] [solvent]

前述塗佈組成物較佳為除成分(α)及成分(β)以外進一步含有溶劑。藉由塗佈組成物含有溶劑,如後所述,可更容易地將塗佈組成物塗敷及乾燥,而形成用以形成塗層之塗膜。 The aforementioned coating composition preferably further contains a solvent in addition to the component (α) and the component (β). When the coating composition contains a solvent, as will be described later, the coating composition can be more easily applied and dried to form a coating film for forming a coating layer.

前述溶劑可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 The said solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

作為前述溶劑,例如可列舉:己烷、庚烷、環己烷等脂肪族烴;甲苯、二甲苯等芳香族烴;二氯甲烷、二氯乙烷等鹵代烴;甲醇、乙醇、丙醇、丁醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇等醇;丙酮、甲基乙基酮、2-戊酮、異佛爾酮、環己酮等酮;乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯等酯;2-乙氧基乙醇(乙基溶纖劑)等溶纖劑等。 Examples of the solvent include: aliphatic hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, and cyclohexane; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; halogenated hydrocarbons such as methylene chloride and ethylene dichloride; methanol, ethanol, and propanol. , butanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol and other alcohols; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, 2-pentanone, isophorone, cyclohexanone and other ketones; ethyl acetate, butyl acetate and other esters ; 2-ethoxyethanol (ethyl cellosolve) and other cellosolves.

[任意成分] [optional ingredient]

前述塗佈組成物中,除成分(α)及成分(β)以外,亦可在無損本發明的功效之範圍內,含有單官能性丙烯酸酯系單體、光聚合起始劑、光增感劑、聚合抑制劑、交聯劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、光穩定劑、調平劑、消泡劑等各種任意成分。 In the above-mentioned coating composition, in addition to the component (α) and the component (β), it may also contain a monofunctional acrylate monomer, a photopolymerization initiator, a photosensitizer Various optional ingredients such as additives, polymerization inhibitors, crosslinking agents, antioxidants, UV absorbers, light stabilizers, leveling agents, and defoamers.

前述任意成分可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。 The said arbitrary components may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together.

(單官能性丙烯酸酯系單體) (Monofunctional acrylate monomer)

作為任意成分之前述單官能性丙烯酸酯系單體為光硬化性成分,只要為於1分子中僅具有1個(甲基)丙烯醯基之(甲基)丙烯酸衍生物,則並無特別限定。 The aforementioned monofunctional acrylate-based monomer as an optional component is a photocurable component and is not particularly limited as long as it is a (meth)acrylic acid derivative having only one (meth)acryl group in one molecule. .

作為較佳的前述單官能性丙烯酸酯系單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸十二烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸月桂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸十八烷基酯((甲基)丙烯酸硬脂酯)、(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯等。 Examples of preferred monofunctional acrylate monomers include cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, dodecyl (meth)acrylate ( Lauryl (meth)acrylate), stearyl (meth)acrylate (stearyl (meth)acrylate), isobornyl (meth)acrylate, and the like.

(光聚合起始劑) (photopolymerization initiator)

作為任意成分之前述光聚合起始劑可列舉:針對自由基聚合以往所使用之公知的光聚合起始劑。 As the said photoinitiator of an arbitrary component, the well-known photoinitiator conventionally used for a radical polymerization is mentioned.

作為較佳的前述光聚合起始劑,例如可列舉:苯乙酮系化合物、二苯甲酮系化合物、烷基胺基二苯甲酮系化合物、苯偶醯系化合物、安息香系化合物、安息香醚系化合 物、苯偶醯二甲基縮酮系化合物、苯甲醯苯甲酸酯系化合物、α-醯基肟酯系化合物等芳基酮系光聚合起始劑;硫醚系化合物、噻噸酮系化合物等含硫系光聚合起始劑;醯基二芳基氧化膦等醯基氧化膦系化合物;蒽醌系化合物等。 Examples of preferable photopolymerization initiators include acetophenone-based compounds, benzophenone-based compounds, alkylaminobenzophenone-based compounds, benzoyl-based compounds, benzoin-based compounds, and benzoin-based compounds. Ether compound aryl ketone photopolymerization initiators such as compounds, benzoyl dimethyl ketal compounds, benzoyl benzoate compounds, α-acyl oxime ester compounds, etc.; thioether compounds, thioxanthone Sulfur-containing photopolymerization initiators, such as sulfur-based compounds; acyl-based phosphine oxide-based compounds such as acyl-diarylphosphine oxides; anthraquinone-based compounds, etc.

再者,於藉由照射電子束使前述塗佈組成物硬化之情形時,無需光聚合起始劑。 In addition, when hardening the said coating composition by irradiating an electron beam, a photoinitiator is unnecessary.

前述塗佈組成物中,光聚合起始劑的含量相對於光硬化性成分的總含量100質量份,較佳為0.2質量份至10質量份,更佳為0.5質量份至7質量份。 In the aforementioned coating composition, the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.2 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 7 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the photocurable components.

(光增感劑) (photosensitizer)

作為前述光增感劑,例如可列舉:三級胺類、對二甲胺基苯甲酸酯、硫醇系增感劑等。 Examples of the photosensitizer include tertiary amines, p-dimethylaminobenzoate, and thiol-based sensitizers.

前述塗佈組成物中,光增感劑的含量相對於光硬化性成分的總含量100質量份,較佳為1質量份至20質量份,更佳為2質量份至10質量份。 In the aforementioned coating composition, the content of the photosensitizer is preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 2 to 10 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the photocurable components.

(抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、光穩定劑) (antioxidant, UV absorber, light stabilizer)

前述抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑及光穩定劑可為公知的化合物,但較佳為於分子內具有(甲基)丙烯醯基等之反應型的抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑及光穩定劑。該等抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑及光穩定劑鍵結於藉由照射能量線而形 成之聚合物鏈上,因此可抑制隨時間經過自硬化層逸散,從而長期發揮該等成分的功能。 The aforementioned antioxidant, ultraviolet absorber, and light stabilizer may be known compounds, but are preferably reactive antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, and light stabilizers having (meth)acryl groups in the molecule. These antioxidants, UV absorbers and photostabilizers are bonded to the On the polymer chain of the composition, it can inhibit the escape from the hardening layer over time, so that the function of these components can be exerted for a long time.

前述塗佈組成物較佳為含有二氧化矽溶膠作為成分(α),更佳為含有以膠體狀態懸浮之二氧化矽微粒子的平均粒徑為0.03μm至0.05μm之二氧化矽溶膠。 The aforementioned coating composition preferably contains silica sol as the component (α), more preferably a silica sol containing silica microparticles suspended in a colloidal state and having an average particle diameter of 0.03 μm to 0.05 μm.

藉由前述塗層含有此種二氧化矽溶膠,抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片之黏連之功效變得更高。並且,前述塗層中,此種二氧化矽溶膠在與支持片側為相反側的表面或其附近區域,較其他區域更多地存在而偏集存在,藉此抑制前述保護膜形成用複合片之黏連之功效變得更高。前述塗層中,為了使二氧化矽溶膠等含有成分偏集存在,調節前述塗佈組成物之塗敷條件即可。 When the coating layer contains such a silica sol, the effect of suppressing the blocking of the protective film-forming composite sheet becomes higher. In addition, in the above-mentioned coating layer, such silica sol is more concentrated on the surface opposite to the support sheet side or its vicinity than in other regions, thereby suppressing the formation of the protective film-forming composite sheet. The effect of adhesion becomes higher. In the above-mentioned coating layer, the coating conditions of the above-mentioned coating composition may be adjusted so that the components such as silica sol and the like are segregated.

<<塗佈組成物的製造方法>> <<Manufacturing method of coating composition>>

塗佈組成物例如可藉由下述方式而獲得:將成分(α)及成分(β)等能量線聚合性化合物、及視需要的該等能量線聚合性化合物以外的成分等用以構成塗佈組成物之各成分加以調配。塗佈組成物例如可利用除調配成分不同之方面以外與上述黏著劑組成物之情形相同之方法獲得。 The coating composition can be obtained, for example, by using energy ray polymerizable compounds such as component (α) and component (β), and components other than these energy ray polymerizable compounds, etc., as necessary to form a coating. The components of the cloth composition are formulated. The coating composition can be obtained, for example, by the same method as that of the above-mentioned adhesive composition except that the ingredients are different.

於使用溶劑之情形時,可藉由下述方式使用,即,將溶劑與溶劑以外的任一種調配成分混合而將該調配成分預先稀釋;亦可藉由下述方式使用,即,不將溶劑以外的任一種調配成分預先稀釋而將溶劑與該等調配成分混合。 In the case of using a solvent, it can be used by mixing the solvent with any formulation component other than the solvent and diluting the formulation component in advance; it can also be used by not using the solvent Any one of the other formulation components is diluted in advance and the solvent is mixed with the formulation components.

塗佈組成物中的溶劑以外的成分可溶解,亦可不溶解而分散。並且,關於塗佈組成物中的各成分的濃度或黏度,只要使得塗佈組成物能夠塗敷,則並無特別限定。 Components other than the solvent in the coating composition may be dissolved or dispersed without being dissolved. In addition, the concentration and viscosity of each component in the coating composition are not particularly limited as long as the coating composition can be applied.

◎保護膜形成用複合片的製造方法 ◎Manufacturing method of composite sheet for protective film formation

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片可藉由下述方式而製造,即,使用前述保護膜形成用組成物形成保護膜形成用膜,使用前述塗佈組成物形成塗層,依序積層塗層、支持片及保護膜形成用膜。於支持片由複數層構成之情形時,只要積層該等多個層而製作支持片即可。例如,於支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成之情形時,只要使用前述黏著劑組成物形成黏著劑層即可。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention can be produced by forming a film for forming a protective film using the above-mentioned composition for forming a protective film, forming a coating layer using the above-mentioned coating composition, and laminating the coating layers in this order. , a support sheet, and a film for forming a protective film. When the support sheet is composed of plural layers, the support sheet may be produced by laminating these plural layers. For example, when the support sheet is formed by laminating a substrate and an adhesive, the adhesive layer may be formed using the aforementioned adhesive composition.

構成保護膜形成用複合片之各層(塗層、支持片、保護膜形成用膜)的形成順序並無特別限定。再者,由組成物形成該等各層時,可於保護膜形成用複合片之狀態下鄰接之層的表面上直接形成,亦可另行使用剝離膜(剝離片)而於該剝離膜(剝離片)的表面上形成,再將該形成層貼合於保護膜形成用複合片之狀態下鄰接之層的表面。但是,為了抑制於塗層與支持片的凹凸面(背面)之間產生空隙部,較佳為於支持片的凹凸面直接塗敷塗佈組成物而形成塗層。 The formation order of each layer (coating layer, support sheet, film for protective film formation) which comprises the composite sheet for protective film formation is not specifically limited. Furthermore, when these layers are formed from the composition, they may be formed directly on the surface of the adjacent layer in the state of the composite sheet for forming a protective film, or a release film (release sheet) may be used separately on the release film (release sheet). ) is formed on the surface of the film, and the formed layer is bonded to the surface of the adjacent layer in the state of the composite sheet for forming a protective film. However, in order to suppress the formation of voids between the coating layer and the concave-convex surface (back surface) of the support sheet, it is preferable to directly apply the coating composition to the concave-convex surface of the support sheet to form the coating layer.

以下,對保護膜形成用複合片的較佳製造方法的一例進行說明。 Hereinafter, an example of a preferable manufacturing method of the composite sheet for protective film formation is demonstrated.

塗層較佳為藉由下述方式而形成,即,於支持片的凹凸面(圖1及圖2中為支持片10的背面10b,亦即基材11的背面11b)塗敷塗佈組成物並使之乾燥,且視需要使所形成之塗膜硬化。 The coating is preferably formed by applying a coating composition to the concave-convex surface of the support sheet (the back surface 10b of the support sheet 10 in FIGS. and dry it, and if necessary, harden the formed coating film.

利用公知的方法向對象面塗敷塗佈組成物即可,例如可列舉使用以下各種塗佈機之方法:氣刀塗佈機、刮刀塗佈機、棒式塗佈機、凹版塗佈機、輥式塗佈機、輥刀塗佈機、簾幕式塗佈機、模具塗佈機、刀式塗佈機、絲網塗佈機、繞線棒式塗佈機、接觸式塗佈機等。 What is necessary is to apply the coating composition to the target surface by a known method, for example, the method of using the following various coating machines: air knife coater, knife coater, rod coater, gravure coater, Roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, wire rod coater, contact coater, etc. .

於將塗佈組成物塗敷於支持片的凹凸面之情形時,較佳為抑制於塗層與支持片的凹凸面之間產生空隙部。藉由抑制前述空隙部之產生,可抑制於塗層與支持片的凹凸面之交界處光發生漫反射,從而可對保護膜的表面更清晰地進行雷射印字。 When the coating composition is applied to the concave-convex surface of the support sheet, it is preferable to suppress generation of voids between the coating layer and the concave-convex surface of the support sheet. By suppressing the occurrence of the aforementioned voids, diffuse reflection of light at the boundary between the coating layer and the concave-convex surface of the support sheet can be suppressed, and laser printing can be performed on the surface of the protective film more clearly.

為了抑制前述空隙部之產生,例如較佳為使用黏度小的塗佈組成物。另外,含有能量線聚合性化合物之塗佈組成物通常適於抑制前述空隙部之產生。 In order to suppress the occurrence of the aforementioned voids, for example, it is preferable to use a coating composition with low viscosity. In addition, a coating composition containing an energy ray polymerizable compound is generally suitable for suppressing the generation of the aforementioned voids.

塗佈組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,但塗佈組成物較佳為進行加熱乾燥,該情形時,例如較佳為於70℃至130℃且0.5分鐘至5分鐘之條件下進行乾燥。 The drying conditions of the coating composition are not particularly limited, but the coating composition is preferably heat-dried, and in this case, for example, it is preferably dried under the conditions of 70° C. to 130° C. for 0.5 minutes to 5 minutes.

由塗佈組成物形成之塗膜之硬化條件並無特別限定,利用公知的方法進行即可。 The curing conditions of the coating film formed from the coating composition are not particularly limited, and may be performed by known methods.

於藉由照射能量線進行硬化之情形時,例如當照射紫外線時,使用高壓水銀燈、融合H型燈、氙氣燈、黑光燈或LED燈等作為紫外線源,將照射量設為較佳為100mJ/cm2至500mJ/cm2而進行照射即可。另一方面,當照射電子束時,藉由電子束加速器等產生電子束,將照射量設為較佳為150kV至350kV而進行照射即可。其中,較佳為藉由照射紫外線而形成塗層。 In the case of hardening by irradiating energy rays, such as when irradiating ultraviolet rays, use a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion H-type lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light lamp, or an LED lamp as an ultraviolet source, and set the irradiation amount to preferably 100mJ/ cm 2 to 500mJ/cm 2 can be irradiated. On the other hand, when irradiating electron beams, an electron beam is generated by an electron beam accelerator or the like, and the irradiation amount may be preferably 150 kV to 350 kV and irradiated. Among them, it is preferable to form a coating layer by irradiating ultraviolet rays.

於支持片例如由基材及黏著劑層積層而成之情形時,黏著劑層可於具備塗層之基材的表面(圖1及圖2中為基材11的表面11a)直接塗敷黏著劑組成物而形成。但是,通常較佳為採用以下預先另行形成黏著劑層,並將該黏著劑層貼合於基材的表面之方法:例如於剝離片的剝離處理面塗敷黏著劑組成物並使之乾燥,藉此形成黏著劑層,將所形成之黏著劑層貼合於基材的表面,並將前述剝離片移除等。 In the case where the support sheet is formed by laminating the substrate and the adhesive, the adhesive layer can be directly coated on the surface of the substrate with the coating (surface 11a of the substrate 11 in Figures 1 and 2). agent composition. However, it is generally preferable to use the method of forming an adhesive layer separately in advance and attaching the adhesive layer to the surface of the substrate: for example, applying an adhesive composition to the release-treated surface of the release sheet and drying it, Thereby, an adhesive layer is formed, the formed adhesive layer is bonded to the surface of the substrate, and the release sheet is removed.

可利用與塗佈組成物之情形相同之方法,向對象面塗敷黏著劑組成物。 The adhesive composition can be applied to the target surface by the same method as in the case of applying the composition.

所塗敷之黏著劑組成物可藉由進行加熱而交聯,該利 用加熱之交聯亦可與乾燥一起進行。加熱條件例如可設為100℃至130℃且1分鐘至5分鐘,但並不限定於此。 The applied adhesive composition can be cross-linked by applying heat, which benefits Crosslinking by heating can also be carried out together with drying. The heating conditions may be, for example, 100° C. to 130° C. and 1 minute to 5 minutes, but are not limited thereto.

於支持片僅由基材構成等由一層(單層)構成之情形、及例如支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成等由複數層構成之情形中的任一情形時,均可於具備塗層之支持片的表面(圖1及圖2中為支持片10的表面10a,亦即黏著劑層12的表面12a)直接塗敷保護膜形成用組成物,形成保護膜形成用膜。但是,通常較佳為與上述黏著劑層之情形同樣地採用以下預先另行形成保護膜形成用膜,並將該保護膜形成用膜貼合於支持片的表面之方法:於剝離片的剝離處理面塗敷保護膜形成用組成物並使之乾燥,藉此形成保護膜形成用膜,將所形成之保護膜形成用膜貼合於支持片的表面,視需要將前述剝離片移除等。 In either case where the support sheet is composed of only one layer (single layer) such as a base material, and in any case where the support sheet is composed of multiple layers such as a base material and an adhesive laminated, etc., the The surface of the coated support sheet (in FIGS. 1 and 2, the surface 10a of the support sheet 10, that is, the surface 12a of the adhesive layer 12) is directly coated with the composition for forming a protective film to form a film for forming a protective film. However, it is generally preferable to employ the following method of separately forming a protective film-forming film in advance and attaching the protective film-forming film to the surface of the support sheet in the same manner as in the case of the above-mentioned adhesive layer: peeling treatment of the release sheet The composition for forming a protective film is applied on the surface and dried to form a film for forming a protective film, the formed film for forming a protective film is bonded to the surface of the support sheet, and the release sheet is removed if necessary.

利用與塗佈組成物之情形相同之方法,向對象面塗敷保護膜形成用組成物。 The composition for forming a protective film is applied to the target surface by the same method as in the case of applying the composition.

保護膜形成用組成物之乾燥條件並無特別限定,可利用與塗佈組成物之情形相同之方法進行乾燥。 The drying conditions of the protective film forming composition are not particularly limited, and drying can be performed by the same method as in the case of the coating composition.

於支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成之情形時,本發明之保護膜形成用複合片亦可利用上述方法以外的方法進行製造。例如,亦可藉由下述方式而製造保護膜形成用複合片,即,使用前述黏著劑組成物形成黏著劑層,使用 前述保護膜形成用組成物形成保護膜形成用膜後,重疊該等黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜而製成積層體,於該積層體的前述黏著劑層的表面(黏著劑層的未設置保護膜形成用膜的面)貼合具備塗層之基材的表面(圖1及圖2中為基材11的表面11a)。 When the support sheet is formed by laminating a base material and an adhesive agent, the composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention can also be produced by a method other than the above-mentioned method. For example, a composite sheet for forming a protective film can also be produced by forming an adhesive layer using the aforementioned adhesive composition and using After forming a film for forming a protective film with the composition for forming a protective film, the adhesive layer and the film for forming a protective film are laminated to form a laminate, and the surface of the adhesive layer of the laminate (not the surface of the adhesive layer) The surface on which the film for protective film formation is provided) is bonded to the surface of the base material provided with the coating layer (the surface 11a of the base material 11 in FIGS. 1 and 2 ).

該情形時之黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜之形成條件與上述方法之情形相同。 The formation conditions of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer and the film for protective film formation in this case are the same as the case of the said method.

例如,於製造如圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片,即自上方往下俯視保護膜形成用複合片時,保護膜形成用膜的表面積小於黏著劑層的表面積之保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,上述製造方法中,將預先切成預定之大小及形狀之保護膜形成用膜設置於黏著劑層上即可。 For example, when manufacturing a composite sheet for forming a protective film as shown in FIG. 1 , that is, when the composite sheet for forming a protective film is viewed from above, the surface area of the film for forming a protective film is smaller than that of the adhesive layer. In the case of a sheet, in the above-mentioned production method, a film for forming a protective film cut into a predetermined size and shape in advance may be provided on the adhesive layer.

◎保護膜形成用複合片的使用方法 ◎How to use the composite sheet for protective film formation

本發明之保護膜形成用複合片的使用方法例如如下所示。 The usage method of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention is as follows, for example.

首先,對保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性之情形時之保護膜形成用複合片的使用方法進行說明。 First, the usage method of the composite sheet for protective film formation when the film for protective film formation is thermosetting is demonstrated.

該情形時,首先,於保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜貼附半導體晶圓的背面,並且將保護膜形成用複合片固定於切割裝置。 In this case, first, the film for protective film formation of the composite sheet for protective film formation is attached to the back surface of a semiconductor wafer, and the composite sheet for protective film formation is fixed to a dicing apparatus.

繼而,藉由加熱使保護膜形成用膜硬化而製成保護膜。於半導體晶圓的表面(電極形成面)貼附有背面研磨帶 之情形時,通常將該背面研磨帶自半導體晶圓移除後形成保護膜。 Next, the film for protective film formation is hardened by heating, and a protective film is produced. A back grinding tape is attached to the surface (electrode formation surface) of the semiconductor wafer In this case, usually the back grinding tape is removed from the semiconductor wafer to form a protective film.

繼而,切割半導體晶圓而製成半導體晶片。在形成保護膜起至進行切割之期間,可自保護膜形成用複合片的塗層側對保護膜照射雷射光,對保護膜的表面進行印字。該情形時,如上文所說明般,塗層中的與和支持片接觸之側為相反側的面(背面)的表面粗糙度Ra足夠小,塗層的前述背面為平滑面,或成為凹凸程度受到抑制之面。因此,照射雷射光時,可抑制雷射光於塗層的前述背面發生漫反射,從而可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字。 Then, the semiconductor wafer is diced to produce semiconductor wafers. From the formation of the protective film to cutting, the protective film can be irradiated with laser light from the coating side of the composite sheet for protective film formation to print on the surface of the protective film. In this case, as described above, the surface roughness Ra of the surface (rear surface) of the coating layer opposite to the side in contact with the support sheet is sufficiently small, and the aforementioned rear surface of the coating layer is a smooth surface or has unevenness. suppressed face. Therefore, when laser light is irradiated, diffuse reflection of the laser light on the back surface of the coating layer can be suppressed, and laser printing can be clearly performed on the protective film.

另外,針對進行切割之前的半導體晶圓或進行切割而獲得之半導體晶片,有時藉由紅外線相機等自前述半導體晶圓或半導體晶片的背面(貼附有保護膜形成用複合片之面)側進行觀察,藉此檢測狀態。例如,當為半導體晶片時,有時檢測該半導體晶片有無缺口或裂紋等破損。 In addition, with regard to the semiconductor wafer before dicing or the semiconductor wafer obtained after dicing, infrared camera or the like may be used to inspect the surface of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor wafer from the back side (the surface to which the protective film forming composite sheet is attached) side. Make observations to detect status. For example, in the case of a semiconductor wafer, the semiconductor wafer may be inspected for damage such as a chip or a crack.

另一方面,本發明之附有保護膜之半導體晶片中,如上所述,塗層中的與和支持片接觸之側為相反側的面(背面)的表面粗糙度Ra足夠小,進一步抑制於塗層與支持片的凹凸面(背面)之間產生空隙部。因此,藉由紅外線相機等自塗層側經由保護膜形成用複合片觀察半導體晶圓或半導體晶片時,可獲取清晰的檢測圖像,因此可高精度地進行檢測。 On the other hand, in the semiconductor wafer with a protective film of the present invention, as described above, the surface roughness Ra of the surface (back surface) of the coating layer opposite to the side in contact with the support sheet is sufficiently small to further suppress Voids are formed between the coating layer and the uneven surface (back surface) of the support sheet. Therefore, when a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor wafer is observed from the coating side through the composite sheet for forming a protective film with an infrared camera or the like, a clear inspection image can be obtained, and thus inspection can be performed with high precision.

繼而,自支持片,將半導體晶片與貼附於該半導體晶片的背面之保護膜一起剝離而進行拾取,藉此獲得附有保護膜之半導體晶片。例如,於支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成,且前述黏著劑層為能量線硬化性之情形時,藉由照射能量線而使黏著劑層硬化,自該硬化後的黏著劑層,將半導體晶片與貼附於該半導體晶片的背面之保護膜一起拾取,藉此更容易地獲得附有保護膜之半導體晶片。 Then, the semiconductor wafer is peeled off and picked up together with the protective film attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer from the support sheet, whereby a semiconductor wafer with a protective film is obtained. For example, when the support sheet is formed by laminating a base material and an adhesive, and the adhesive layer is energy ray curable, the adhesive layer is cured by irradiating energy rays, and the cured adhesive layer The semiconductor wafer is picked up together with the protective film attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, thereby obtaining the semiconductor wafer with the protective film more easily.

例如,於使用圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1之情形時,於保護膜形成用複合片1的保護膜形成用膜13貼附半導體晶圓的背面,並且將露出之支持片10(黏著劑層12)貼附於環狀框等切割用治具(省略圖示),從而將保護膜形成用複合片1固定於切割裝置。繼而,使保護膜形成用膜13硬化而製成保護膜後,對保護膜進行雷射印字,繼而進行切割,視需要藉由照射能量線,而使黏著劑層12的除貼附於前述治具之部位以外的區域硬化,然後拾取附有保護膜之半導體晶片即可。如此,於使用黏著劑層12為能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用複合片1之情形時,必須以不使保護膜形成用複合片1自前述治具剝離且不使黏著劑層12的特定區域硬化之方式進行調節。另一方面,於使用保護膜形成用複合片1之情形時,無需另行設置將用以將該保護膜形成用複合片1貼附於前述治具之構成。 For example, in the case of using the protective film forming composite sheet 1 shown in FIG. (Adhesive layer 12 ) is attached to jigs (not shown) for dicing such as ring frames, and the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation is fixed to a dicing device. Next, after hardening the protective film forming film 13 to form a protective film, laser printing is performed on the protective film, and then cutting is performed. If necessary, by irradiating energy rays, the adhesive layer 12 is debonded to the aforementioned treatment. The area other than the part of the tool is hardened, and then the semiconductor chip with the protective film can be picked up. Thus, when the adhesive layer 12 is used as the energy ray curable protective film forming composite sheet 1, it is necessary to prevent the protective film forming composite sheet 1 from the aforementioned jig and to prevent the specific adhesive layer 12 from being peeled off. Adjustment is made in the form of area hardening. On the other hand, when using the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation, it is not necessary to separately provide the structure for sticking the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation to the said jig.

相對於此,於使用圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片2之情形時,於保護膜形成用複合片2之保護膜形成用膜23貼附半導體晶圓的背面,並且將治具用接著劑層16貼附於環狀框等切割用治具(省略圖示),從而將保護膜形成用複合片2固定於切割裝置。繼而,使保護膜形成用膜23硬化而製成保護膜後,對保護膜進行雷射印字,繼而進行切割,視需要藉由照射能量線而使黏著劑層12硬化,然後拾取附有保護膜之半導體晶片即可。如此,於使用黏著劑層12為能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用複合片2之情形時,與使用保護膜形成用複合片1之情形不同,無需以不使黏著劑層12的特定區域硬化之方式進行調節。另一方面,與保護膜形成用複合片1不同,保護膜形成用複合片2必須具備治具用接著劑層16。藉由具備治具用接著劑層16,黏著劑層12可根據目的選擇範圍廣泛的組成。 On the other hand, when using the composite sheet 2 for protective film formation shown in FIG. The adhesive layer 16 is attached to a dicing jig (not shown) such as a ring frame, and the protective film forming composite sheet 2 is fixed to the dicing device. Next, after curing the protective film-forming film 23 to form a protective film, laser printing is performed on the protective film, and then cutting is performed. If necessary, the adhesive layer 12 is cured by irradiating energy rays, and then the protective film is picked up. semiconductor chips. In this way, when the adhesive layer 12 is used as the energy ray curable protective film forming composite sheet 2, unlike the case of using the protective film forming composite sheet 1, it is not necessary to prevent the specific region of the adhesive layer 12 from being cured. adjusted in a manner. On the other hand, unlike the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation, the composite sheet 2 for protective film formation must have the adhesive agent layer 16 for jigs. By providing the adhesive layer 16 for a jig, the adhesive layer 12 can select a composition from a wide range according to the objective.

其次,對保護膜形成用膜為能量線硬化性之情形時之保護膜形成用複合片的使用方法進行說明。 Next, how to use the composite sheet for protective film formation when the film for protective film formation is energy ray curable is demonstrated.

該情形時,首先,與上述保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性之情形同樣地,於保護膜形成用複合片之保護膜形成用膜貼附半導體晶圓的背面,並且將保護膜形成用複合片固定於切割裝置。 In this case, first, as in the case where the film for forming a protective film is thermosetting, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer is attached to the film for forming a protective film of the composite sheet for forming a protective film, and the composite for forming a protective film is The sheet is secured to the cutting device.

繼而,藉由照射能量線使保護膜形成用膜硬化而製成保護膜。於半導體晶圓的表面(電極形成面)貼附有背面研 磨帶之情形時,通常將該背面研磨帶自半導體晶圓移除後形成保護膜。 Next, the film for protective film formation was hardened by irradiating an energy ray, and the protective film was produced. On the surface (electrode formation surface) of the semiconductor wafer, a backside grinding In the case of a grinding tape, a protective film is usually formed after the back grinding tape is removed from the semiconductor wafer.

繼而,切割半導體晶圓而製成半導體晶片。在形成保護膜起至進行切割之期間,可自保護膜形成用複合片的塗層側對保護膜照射雷射光,對保護膜的表面進行印字。自該印字起至切割為止這一過程可與上述保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性之情形同樣地進行,與該情形同樣地,可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字,可藉由紅外線相機等高精度地進行檢測。 Then, the semiconductor wafer is diced to produce semiconductor wafers. From the formation of the protective film to cutting, the protective film can be irradiated with laser light from the coating side of the composite sheet for protective film formation to print on the surface of the protective film. The process from printing to cutting can be carried out in the same manner as in the above-mentioned case where the film for forming a protective film is thermosetting, and similarly to this case, laser printing can be clearly performed on the protective film, and it is possible to use an infrared camera. and other high-precision detection.

繼而,自支持片,將半導體晶片與貼附於該半導體晶片的背面之保護膜一起剝離而進行拾取,藉此獲得附有保護膜之半導體晶片。 Then, the semiconductor wafer is peeled off and picked up together with the protective film attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer from the support sheet, whereby a semiconductor wafer with a protective film is obtained.

該方法例如於以下情形時尤佳:使用支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成,且前述黏著劑層為非能量線硬化性之複合片作為保護膜形成用複合片。再者,此處對藉由照射能量線使保護膜形成用膜硬化後再切割半導體晶圓並拾取附有保護膜之半導體晶片之情形進行了說明,但於前述黏著劑層為非能量線硬化性之情形時,可在拾取半導體晶片之前的任一階段,藉由照射能量線使保護膜形成用膜硬化。 This method is particularly preferable when, for example, a composite sheet for forming a protective film is used as a composite sheet in which a support sheet is laminated with a substrate and an adhesive, and the adhesive layer is non-energy ray curable. Furthermore, here, the case where the film for forming a protective film is cured by irradiating energy rays is described, and then the semiconductor wafer is diced and the semiconductor wafer with the protective film is picked up. However, the adhesive layer is not hardened by energy rays. In the specific case, the film for protective film formation may be cured by irradiating energy rays at any stage before picking up the semiconductor wafer.

例如,於使用支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成,且 前述黏著劑層為能量線硬化性之保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,較佳為以下說明之方法。 For example, when using a support sheet laminated with a base material and an adhesive, and When the aforementioned adhesive layer is an energy ray curable protective film forming composite sheet, the method described below is preferable.

亦即,首先,與上述情形同樣地,於保護膜形成用複合片的保護膜形成用膜貼附半導體晶圓的背面,並且將保護膜形成用複合片固定於切割裝置。 That is, first, similarly to the above case, the film for protective film formation of the composite sheet for protective film formation is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer, and the composite sheet for protective film formation is fixed to the dicing apparatus.

繼而,自保護膜形成用複合片的塗層側對保護膜照射雷射光,對保護膜的表面進行印字,進一步切割半導體晶圓而製成半導體晶片。自該印字起至切割為止這一過程可與上述保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性之情形同樣地進行,與該情形同樣地,可對保護膜清晰地進行雷射印字,可藉由紅外線相機等高精度地進行檢測。 Next, laser light was irradiated to the protective film from the coating side of the composite sheet for protective film formation, the surface of the protective film was printed, and the semiconductor wafer was further diced to obtain a semiconductor wafer. The process from printing to cutting can be carried out in the same manner as in the above-mentioned case where the film for forming a protective film is thermosetting, and similarly to this case, laser printing can be clearly performed on the protective film, and it is possible to use an infrared camera. and other high-precision detection.

繼而,藉由照射能量線使保護膜形成用膜硬化而製成保護膜,並且使黏著劑層硬化,自該硬化後的黏著劑層,將半導體晶片與貼附於該半導體晶片的背面之保護膜一起拾取,藉此獲得附有保護膜之半導體晶片。 Next, by irradiating energy rays to harden the film for forming a protective film to form a protective film, and harden the adhesive layer, the semiconductor wafer and the protective film attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer are bonded from the hardened adhesive layer. film together, thereby obtaining a semiconductor wafer with a protective film.

另一方面,於捲取長條的保護膜形成用複合片之情形時,通常使用於保護膜形成用膜的露出面上積層有剝離膜(圖1及圖2中為剝離膜15)之狀態之保護膜形成用複合片。並且,本發明之保護膜形成用複合片無論為何種構成(例如為圖1所示之保護膜形成用複合片1及圖2所示之保護膜形成用複合片2之任一者),隨著將保護膜形成用複合片捲取成輥狀,依序積層有塗層、支持片、保護膜形 成用膜及剝離膜之積層單元均沿輥的徑向依次層疊。結果為,在輥的徑向上相互接觸之積層單元彼此之間,成為一積層單元的剝離膜的表面(與設置有保護膜形成用膜之側為相反側的面),與另一積層單元的塗層的背面(與和基材接觸之側為相反側的面)接觸、擠壓之狀態,保護膜形成用複合片之輥直接以該狀態進行保存。但是,藉由設置有塗層,可抑制於積層單元彼此之間該等剝離膜及塗層之黏附,因此本發明之保護膜形成用複合片之黏連得到抑制。 On the other hand, when winding up a long composite sheet for protective film formation, it is usually used in a state where a release film (release film 15 in FIGS. 1 and 2 ) is laminated on the exposed surface of the film for protective film formation. Composite sheet for protective film formation. And, regardless of the composition of the protective film forming composite sheet of the present invention (for example, any one of the protective film forming composite sheet 1 shown in FIG. 1 and the protective film forming composite sheet 2 shown in FIG. 2 ), The composite sheet for forming the protective film is rolled into a roll shape, and the coating layer, the support sheet, and the protective film are laminated in sequence. The lamination units of the forming film and the peeling film are stacked sequentially along the radial direction of the roller. As a result, between the laminated units that are in contact with each other in the radial direction of the roll, the surface of the release film of one laminated unit (the surface opposite to the side where the film for forming a protective film is provided) and the surface of the other laminated unit The back surface of the coating layer (the surface opposite to the side in contact with the substrate) is in contact with and pressed, and the roll of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is stored in this state as it is. However, since the adhesion of the release film and the coating layer between the laminated units can be suppressed by providing the coating layer, the adhesion of the composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention is suppressed.

將於保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜之狀態之寬度50mm、長度100mm之本發明之保護膜形成用複合片,以塗層全部朝向相同方向且塗層的合計厚度成為10μm至60μm之方式重疊複數片,藉此製成一方的最外層為塗層且另一方的最外層為剝離膜之積層體,將該積層體以於保護膜形成用複合片之積層方向上施加980.665mN(亦即100gf)之力(外力)之狀態於40℃下靜置3天後,將於前述積層方向上距離前述最外層之塗層最近之剝離膜,於剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件下,自鄰接之塗層(於前述積層方向上距離前述最外層之塗層最近之塗層)剝離,此時之剝離力較佳為10mN/50mm以下,更佳為7.5mN/50mm以下,尤佳為5mN/50mm以下。再者,此處所重疊之複數片保護膜形成用複合片全部為相同構成。另外,所重疊之保護膜形成用複合片之片數較佳為10片。可根據此種剝離膜之剝離力而確認本發明之保護膜形成 用複合片之黏連抑制功效(耐黏連性)之高低。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention with a width of 50 mm and a length of 100 mm in a state where a release film is provided on the film for forming a protective film is stacked so that all the coatings face the same direction and the total thickness of the coatings becomes 10 μm to 60 μm A plurality of sheets, thereby making a laminate in which one outermost layer is a coating layer and the other outermost layer is a release film, and the laminate is applied with 980.665mN (that is, 100gf ) force (external force) after standing at 40°C for 3 days, peel off the film closest to the outermost coating in the lamination direction at the peeling speed of 300mm/min and the peeling angle of 180° , peeling from the adjacent coating (the coating closest to the outermost coating in the lamination direction), the peeling force at this time is preferably 10mN/50mm or less, more preferably 7.5mN/50mm or less, especially 5mN/50mm or less. In addition, all the composite sheets for protective film formation of the several sheets piled up here have the same structure. Moreover, it is preferable that the number of laminated composite sheets for protective film formation is 10 sheets. Formation of the protective film of the present invention can be confirmed from the peeling force of such a peeling film The level of anti-blocking effect (blocking resistance) of the composite sheet.

[實施例] [Example]

以下,藉由具體的實施例對本發明進行更詳細的說明。但是,本發明並不受以下所示之實施例之任何限定。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by specific examples. However, this invention is not limited at all by the Example shown below.

<保護膜形成用複合片之製造> <Manufacture of composite sheet for protective film formation> [實施例1] [Example 1]

製造圖1所示之構成之保護膜形成用複合片。該保護膜形成用複合片之俯視圖示於圖3。更具體而言,如下所述。 The composite sheet for protective film formation of the structure shown in FIG. 1 was manufactured. A plan view of the composite sheet for forming a protective film is shown in FIG. 3 . More specifically, as follows.

[第1積層體之製造] [Manufacturing of the first laminate] (熱硬化性保護膜形成用組成物之製備) (Preparation of thermosetting protective film-forming composition)

將下述成分以下述量(固形物成分)進行調配,進一步調配甲基乙基酮,獲得固形物成分濃度為51質量%之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1)。 The following components were prepared in the following amounts (solid content), and methyl ethyl ketone was further prepared to obtain a composition (III-1) for forming a protective film with a solid content concentration of 51% by mass.

(聚合物成分(A)) (polymer component (A))

(A)-1:使丙烯酸正丁酯10質量份、丙烯酸甲酯70質量份、甲基丙烯酸縮水甘油酯5質量份及丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯15質量份進行共聚合而成之丙烯酸系樹脂(重量平均分子量400000,玻璃轉移溫度-1℃)150質量份。 (A)-1: Acrylic resin obtained by copolymerizing 10 parts by mass of n-butyl acrylate, 70 parts by mass of methyl acrylate, 5 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate, and 15 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (400000 weight average molecular weight, glass transition temperature -1 degreeC) 150 mass parts.

(熱硬化性成分(B)) (thermosetting component (B)) ‧環氧樹脂(B1) ‧Epoxy resin (B1)

(B1)-1:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學公司製造之「JER828」,環氧當量183g/eq至194g/eq,分子量370)60質量份。 (B1)-1: 60 parts by mass of bisphenol A type epoxy resin ("JER828" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent 183g/eq to 194g/eq, molecular weight 370).

(B1)-2:雙酚A型環氧樹脂(三菱化學公司製造之「JER1055」,環氧當量800g/eq至900g/eq,分子量1600)10質量份。 (B1)-2: 10 parts by mass of bisphenol A type epoxy resin ("JER1055" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, epoxy equivalent 800g/eq to 900g/eq, molecular weight 1600).

(B1)-3:二環戊二烯型環氧樹脂(DIC公司製造之「Epiclon HP-7200HH」,環氧當量274g/eq至286g/eq)30質量份。 (B1)-3: 30 parts by mass of a dicyclopentadiene-type epoxy resin ("Epiclon HP-7200HH" manufactured by DIC Corporation, epoxy equivalent weight: 274 g/eq to 286 g/eq).

‧熱硬化劑(B2) ‧Thermal curing agent (B2)

(B2)-1:二氰二胺(固體分散型潛伏性硬化劑,ADEKA公司製造之「Adeka Hardener EH-3636AS」,活性氫量21g/eq)2質量份。 (B2)-1: 2 parts by mass of dicyandiamide (solid dispersion type latent curing agent, "Adeka Hardener EH-3636AS" manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, active hydrogen content: 21 g/eq).

(硬化促進劑(C)) (hardening accelerator (C))

(C)-1:2-苯基-4,5-二羥基甲基咪唑(四國化成工業公司製造之「Curezol 2PHZ」)2質量份。 (C)-1: 2 parts by mass of 2-phenyl-4,5-dihydroxymethylimidazole ("Curezol 2PHZ" manufactured by Shikoku Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.).

(填充材料(D)) (Filler (D))

(D)-1:二氧化矽填料(Admatechs公司之「SC2050MA」,利用環氧系化合物進行了表面修飾,平均粒徑0.5μm)320質量份。 (D)-1: 320 parts by mass of a silica filler ("SC2050MA" of Admatechs, surface-modified with an epoxy-based compound, average particle size: 0.5 μm).

(偶合劑(E)) (Coupling agent (E))

(E)-1:γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷(矽烷偶合劑,信越化學工業公司製造之「KBM403」,甲氧基當量 12.7mmol/g,分子量236.3)0.4質量份。 (E)-1: γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxysilane (silane coupling agent, "KBM403" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., methoxy equivalent 12.7mmol/g, molecular weight 236.3) 0.4 parts by mass.

(著色劑(I)) (colorant (I))

(I)-1:碳黑(顏料,三菱化學公司製造之「MA600B」,平均粒徑28nm)1.2質量份。 (I)-1: 1.2 parts by mass of carbon black (pigment, "MA600B" manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation, average particle diameter: 28 nm).

(保護膜形成用膜之形成、第1積層體之製造) (Formation of film for protective film formation, production of first laminate)

使用刀式塗佈機,於第1剝離膜(Lintec公司製造之「SP-P502010*」,厚度50μm)的剝離處理面上,塗佈上述獲得之保護膜形成用組成物(III-1),於120℃下乾燥2分鐘,形成保護膜形成用膜(厚度25μm)。 The protective film-forming composition (III-1) obtained above was coated on the release-treated surface of the first release film ("SP-P502010*" manufactured by Lintec Corporation, thickness 50 μm) using a knife coater, It dried at 120 degreeC for 2 minutes, and formed the film (thickness 25 micrometers) for protective film formation.

繼而,於該保護膜形成用膜中的與設置有第1剝離膜之面為相反側的面,貼合第2剝離膜(Lintec公司製造之「SP-PET381031C」,厚度38μm)的剝離處理面,獲得第1剝離膜、保護膜形成用膜及第2剝離膜依序積層而成之長條的積層體。繼而,將該長條的積層體捲取成輥後,將該積層體裁斷為在該積層體的寬度方向(圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中以符號w1表示之寬度之方向)上為300mm之大小。 Next, the release-treated surface of the second release film ("SP-PET381031C" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm) was attached to the surface opposite to the surface on which the first release film was provided in the film for forming a protective film. , A long laminate in which the first release film, the film for protective film formation, and the second release film were sequentially laminated was obtained. Next, after winding up the elongated laminated body into a roll, the laminated body is cut in the width direction of the laminated body (the width indicated by symbol w1 in the protective film forming composite sheet 1 shown in FIG. 3 ). direction) is 300mm in size.

然後,針對該裁斷之積層體,於該積層體的寬度方向中央部,自第2剝離膜側,對第2剝離膜及保護膜形成用膜,一起以描繪出俯視下直徑220mm之圓形之方式進行切入切口之半切(half cut)。再者,本說明書中積層體之「俯視」意指自積層體的積層方向上方往下看該積層體。然 後,以僅使利用該半切所形成之圓形部分殘留之方式,將第2剝離膜及保護膜形成用膜自前述積層體去除,藉此獲得於第1剝離膜的剝離處理面上依序積層俯視下為圓形的保護膜形成用膜及第2剝離膜而成之第1積層體。該第1積層體中的圓形的保護膜形成用膜相當於圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中直徑d1為220mm之圓形的保護膜形成用膜13。 Then, with respect to the laminated body cut out, in the width direction central part of the laminated body, from the second peeling film side, the second peeling film and the protective film forming film are drawn together in a circular shape with a diameter of 220 mm in plan view. The half cut of the incision is performed in this way. In addition, the "plan view" of a laminate in this specification means looking down at the laminate from above in the lamination direction of a laminate. Then, the second release film and the film for forming a protective film are removed from the above-mentioned laminate so that only the circular portion formed by the half-cut remains, thereby obtaining sequentially on the release-treated surface of the first release film. The 1st laminated body which laminated|stacked the film for protective film formation which is circular in planar view, and the 2nd release film. The circular protective film forming film in this first laminate corresponds to the circular protective film forming film 13 having a diameter d1 of 220 mm in the protective film forming composite sheet 1 shown in FIG. 3 .

(塗佈組成物之製備) (Preparation of coating composition)

於二氧化矽溶膠分散於2-乙氧基乙醇(乙基溶纖劑)中而成之分散液(觸媒化成工業公司製造之「OSCAL1632」,二氧化矽溶膠之粒徑30nm至50nm,固形物成分濃度30質量%)150質量份中,調配由丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯及多官能性丙烯酸酯單體構成之硬塗劑(荒川化學工業公司製造之「BEAMSET 575CB」,固形物成分濃度100質量%,含有光聚合起始劑)100質量份,獲得塗佈組成物(固形物成分濃度30質量%)。 Dispersion liquid obtained by dispersing silica sol in 2-ethoxyethanol (ethyl cellosolve) ("OSCAL1632" manufactured by Catalyst Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., the particle size of silica sol is 30nm to 50nm, solid 150 parts by mass of urethane acrylate and polyfunctional acrylate monomers ("BEAMSET 575CB" manufactured by Arakawa Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., solid content concentration 100 % by mass, containing a photopolymerization initiator) 100 parts by mass to obtain a coating composition (solid content concentration: 30% by mass).

(塗層之形成) (formation of coating)

繼而,使用繞線棒式塗佈機,於凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra為0.4μm,且與該凹凸面為相反側之面的表面粗糙度Ra為0.02μm之聚丙烯製基材(厚度100μm,熔點140℃至160℃)的前述凹凸面,塗佈上述獲得之塗佈組成物,於80℃下乾燥1分鐘後,以約230mJ/cm2之光量照射紫外線 而使乾燥後的塗膜硬化,形成塗層(厚度3μm)。 Next, using a wire bar coater, the surface roughness Ra on the concave-convex surface was 0.4 μm, and the surface roughness Ra on the side opposite to the concave-convex surface was 0.02 μm. Polypropylene substrate (thickness 100 μm , with a melting point of 140°C to 160°C), apply the coating composition obtained above, dry at 80°C for 1 minute, and then irradiate ultraviolet light with a light intensity of about 230mJ/ cm2 to harden the dried coating film , forming a coating (thickness 3 μm).

(黏著劑組成物之製備) (Preparation of Adhesive Composition)

調配(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯共聚物100質量份、及芳香族系多異氰酸酯化合物(交聯劑,三井化學公司製造之「Takenate D110N」)10質量份(固形物成分),進一步調配甲基乙基酮,獲得固形物成分濃度為30質量%之黏著劑組成物(iii)。 Prepare 100 parts by mass of alkyl (meth)acrylate copolymer and 10 parts by mass (solid content) of aromatic polyisocyanate compound (crosslinking agent, "Takenate D110N" manufactured by Mitsui Chemicals Co., Ltd.), and further prepare methyl Ethyl ketone was used to obtain an adhesive composition (iii) with a solid content concentration of 30% by mass.

前述(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯共聚物係使丙烯酸正丁酯40質量份、丙烯酸2-乙基己基55質量份及丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯5質量份進行共聚合而成之重量平均分子量600000之丙烯酸系樹脂。 The aforementioned alkyl (meth)acrylate copolymer is made by copolymerizing 40 parts by mass of n-butyl acrylate, 55 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl acrylate and 5 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate. The weight average molecular weight is 600000 Acrylic resin.

(黏著劑層(支持片)之形成、第2積層體之製造) (Formation of adhesive layer (support sheet), production of second laminate)

使用刀式塗佈機,於單面藉由形成聚矽氧系剝離劑層進行剝離處理,且厚度38μm之由聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯製膜構成之第3剝離膜(Lintec公司製造之「SP-PET381031C」)的前述剝離處理面,塗佈上述獲得之黏著劑組成物(iii)並使之乾燥,形成黏著劑層(厚度5μm)。 A third release film made of polyethylene terephthalate film with a thickness of 38 μm (manufactured by Lintec Co. "SP-PET381031C") was coated with the adhesive composition (iii) obtained above and dried to form an adhesive layer (thickness: 5 μm) on the peeling-treated surface.

繼而,對形成有塗層之上述基材中的與凹凸面為相反側的面進行電暈處理後,於該電暈處理面貼合上述黏著劑層,從而獲得塗層、基材、黏著劑層及第3剝離膜依序積層且包含支持片之長條的第2積層體。 Next, corona treatment is performed on the surface opposite to the concave-convex surface of the above-mentioned substrate on which the coating is formed, and the above-mentioned adhesive layer is attached to the corona-treated surface to obtain a coating, a substrate, and an adhesive. The layer and the third release film are laminated in this order, and the second laminate includes a long strip of the support sheet.

繼而,將該長條的第2積層體捲取成輥後,將該第2 積層體裁斷為在該第2積層體的寬度方向(圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中以符號w1表示之寬度之方向)上為300mm之大小。 Next, after winding up the elongated second laminated body into a roll, the second laminated body is cut into the width direction of the second laminated body (in the protective film forming composite sheet 1 shown in FIG. The direction of the width indicated by w 1 ) is 300mm in size.

(保護膜形成用複合片之製造) (Manufacture of composite sheets for protective film formation)

自上述獲得之第1積層體移除第2剝離膜,使圓形的保護膜形成用膜露出。另外,自上述獲得之第2積層體移除第3剝離膜,使黏著劑層露出。然後,將上述保護膜形成用膜的露出面貼合於該黏著劑層的露出面,藉此獲得相當於塗層、基材、黏著劑層、保護膜形成用膜及第1剝離膜依序積層而成之保護膜形成用複合片之第3積層體。 The 2nd release film was removed from the 1st laminate obtained above, and the circular film for protective film formation was exposed. Moreover, the 3rd peeling film was removed from the 2nd laminate obtained above, and the adhesive layer was exposed. Then, the exposed surface of the film for forming a protective film is bonded to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer to obtain a coating layer, a base material, an adhesive layer, a film for forming a protective film, and a first release film in this order. The third laminate of the laminated protective film forming composite sheet.

針對上述獲得之第3積層體,自塗層側,對塗層、基材及黏著劑層之全部,以描繪出俯視下直徑270mm之圓形之方式進行切出切口之半切。該半切中,以俯視下直徑270mm之前述圓相對於保護膜形成用膜所形成之直徑220mm之圓成為同心圓之方式,對塗層、基材及黏著劑層之全部切出切口。 With respect to the third laminate obtained above, a half-cut was performed from the coating side to draw a circle with a diameter of 270 mm in plan view on all of the coating layer, base material, and adhesive layer. In this half-cut, the above-mentioned circle with a diameter of 270 mm in plan view is concentric with the circle with a diameter of 220 mm formed by the film for forming a protective film, and all of the coating layer, base material, and adhesive layer are notched.

繼而,以於俯視下,相對於上述直徑270mm之圓,於與該圓之徑向外側相距20mm之位置,描繪出在第3積層體的寬度方向(圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中以符號w1表示之寬度之方向)上對向之一對圓弧之方式,自塗層側,對塗層、基材及黏著劑層之全部進行切出切口之半切。相當於該一對圓弧之切口形成圖3所示之保護膜形 成用複合片1中以符號121表示之黏著劑層的曲面狀的周緣部。並且,直徑270mm之圓與前述圓弧之間之距離(20mm)相當於圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中的符號w2Then, in a plan view, with respect to the above-mentioned circle with a diameter of 270 mm, at a position 20 mm away from the radially outer side of the circle, the width direction of the third laminate (the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 3 ) was drawn. In 1, in the way of a pair of circular arcs facing each other in the direction of the width indicated by the symbol w 1 , from the coating side, the half-cut of the coating, the base material and the adhesive layer is all cut out. The notches corresponding to the pair of circular arcs form the curved peripheral portion of the adhesive layer indicated by reference numeral 121 in the protective film forming composite sheet 1 shown in FIG. 3 . And the distance (20mm) between the circle of diameter 270mm and the said circular arc corresponds to the code|symbol w2 in the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation shown in FIG.

於第3積層體的長度方向(相對於圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中以符號w1表示之寬度之方向正交之方向)上的多個部位,進行此種描繪出2個同心圓及一對圓弧之上述半切,以描繪出2條俯視下於相鄰部位之間將圓弧彼此於前述長度方向上連結之直線之方式,自塗層側,對塗層、基材及黏著劑層之全部進行切出切口之半切。相當於該2條直線之切口形成圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片1中以符號122表示之黏著劑層的平面狀的周緣部。 Such drawing is carried out at multiple locations in the longitudinal direction of the third laminate (the direction perpendicular to the width direction indicated by the symbol w1 in the protective film forming composite sheet 1 shown in FIG. 3 ). The above-mentioned half-cut of two concentric circles and a pair of circular arcs is to draw two straight lines connecting the circular arcs in the aforementioned length direction between adjacent parts in a plan view, from the coating side to the coating, the base All materials and adhesive layers are cut in half. The notches corresponding to these two straight lines form the planar peripheral edge portion of the adhesive layer indicated by reference numeral 122 in the composite sheet 1 for protective film formation shown in FIG. 3 .

繼而,將俯視下上述之直徑270mm之圓與一對圓弧之間之部分、及將上述之圓弧彼此連結之2條直線所夾持之部分中的塗層、基材及黏著劑層移除,藉此獲得圖1及圖3所示之保護膜形成用複合片。該保護膜形成用複合片中的圓形的黏著劑層(支持片)相當於圖3中直徑d2為270mm之圓形的黏著劑層12(支持片10)。另外,該保護膜形成用複合片中的第1剝離膜相當於圖3中的剝離膜15。 Then, transfer the coating layer, base material and adhesive layer in the portion between the above-mentioned circle with a diameter of 270 mm and the pair of arcs, and the portion sandwiched by the two straight lines connecting the above-mentioned arcs in a plan view. Thus, the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 3 was obtained. The circular adhesive layer (support sheet) in this protective film forming composite sheet corresponds to the circular adhesive layer 12 (support sheet 10) whose diameter d2 is 270 mm in FIG. 3 . In addition, the 1st release film in this composite sheet for protective film formation corresponds to the release film 15 in FIG.

[實施例2] [Example 2]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra為1μm 而並非0.4μm之基材,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the surface roughness Ra of the concave-convex surface is 1 μm The composite sheet for protective film formation was obtained by the method similar to Example 1 except the base material of 0.4 micrometers.

[實施例3] [Example 3]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra為1μm而並非0.4μm之基材,且將塗層的厚度設為1μm代替3μm,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, use the same method as in Example 1 except that the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface is 1 μm instead of 0.4 μm, and the thickness of the coating is set to 1 μm instead of 3 μm. A composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained.

[實施例4] [Example 4]

如表1所示,將塗層的厚度設為1μm代替3μm,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the composite sheet for protective film formation was obtained by the method similar to Example 1 except having made the thickness of a coating layer into 1 micrometer instead of 3 micrometers.

[實施例5] [Example 5]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra為1μm而並非0.4μm之基材,且將塗層的厚度設為6μm代替3μm,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the surface roughness Ra of the concave-convex surface is 1 μm instead of 0.4 μm, and the thickness of the coating is set to 6 μm instead of 3 μm. In the same way as in Example 1, A composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained.

[實施例6] [Example 6]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra為3μm而並非0.4μm之基材,且將塗層的厚度設為6μm代替3μm,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲 得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, use the same method as in Example 1 except that the surface roughness Ra of the concave-convex surface is 3 μm instead of 0.4 μm, and the thickness of the coating is set to 6 μm instead of 3 μm. won A composite sheet for forming a protective film was obtained.

[比較例1] [Comparative example 1]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra為1μm而並非0.4μm之基材,且不形成塗層,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, except that the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface is 1 μm instead of 0.4 μm, and no coating layer is formed, a composite for forming a protective film is obtained by the same method as in Example 1. piece.

[比較例2] [Comparative example 2]

如表1所示,以凹凸面朝向相反側、亦即黏著劑層側(內側)之方式配置基材,且不形成塗層(亦即,設為圖5所示之以往之構成),除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, the base material was arranged so that the concave-convex surface faced the opposite side, that is, the adhesive layer side (inside), and no coating was formed (that is, the conventional configuration shown in FIG. 5 ), except Except for this point, the composite sheet for protective film formation was obtained by the method similar to Example 1.

[比較例3] [Comparative example 3]

如表1所示,使用凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra為1μm而並非0.4μm之基材,以凹凸面朝向相反側、亦即黏著劑層側(內側)之方式配置該基材,且不形成塗層(亦即,設為圖5所示之以往之構成),除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 As shown in Table 1, use a substrate with a surface roughness Ra of 1 μm instead of 0.4 μm on the concave-convex surface. The coating layer (that is, the conventional structure shown in FIG. 5) was obtained by the method similar to Example 1 except this point, and the composite sheet for protective film formation was obtained.

[比較例4] [Comparative example 4]

使用以固形物成分計相同量的利用環氧基進行了表面修飾之球狀二氧化矽(Admatechs公司製造之「SC2050MA」,平均粒徑0.5μm),代替二氧化矽溶膠分 散於2-乙氧基乙醇中而成之分散液,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,製備塗佈組成物。 Use the same amount of spherical silica ("SC2050MA" manufactured by Admatechs, with an average particle size of 0.5 μm) surface-modified with epoxy groups in the solid content instead of the silica sol component. A coating composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the dispersion liquid dispersed in 2-ethoxyethanol.

並且,使用該塗佈組成物,除該方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法,獲得保護膜形成用複合片。 And using this coating composition, the composite sheet for protective film formation was obtained by the method similar to Example 1 except this point.

所獲得之保護膜形成用複合片中,基材側最表面的表面粗糙度Ra如表1所示為0.8μm。 In the obtained composite sheet for forming a protective film, the surface roughness Ra of the outermost surface on the substrate side was 0.8 μm as shown in Table 1.

<保護膜形成用複合片之評價> <Evaluation of Composite Sheet for Protective Film Formation> [雷射印字性] [laser printing characteristics]

上述獲得之各實施例及比較例之保護膜形成用複合片中,將第1剝離膜移除,使用貼附裝置(Lintec公司製造之「RAD-2700F/12」),將黏著劑層貼附於不銹鋼製環狀框,並且將保護膜形成用膜貼附於加熱至70℃之矽晶圓(外徑8吋,厚度100μm)的背面。 In the protective film-forming composite sheets obtained above in each of the Examples and Comparative Examples, the first release film was removed, and the adhesive layer was attached using an attaching device ("RAD-2700F/12" manufactured by Lintec Corporation). On a ring frame made of stainless steel, a film for forming a protective film was attached to the back surface of a silicon wafer (8 inches in outer diameter, 100 μm in thickness) heated to 70°C.

繼而,將保護膜形成用膜於130℃下進行2小時加熱處理,藉此使保護膜形成用膜熱硬化而形成保護膜。 Next, the film for protective film formation was heat-processed at 130 degreeC for 2 hours, and the film for protective film formation was thermally hardened and the protective film was formed.

繼而,使用印字裝置(KEYENCE公司製造之「VK9700」),於輸出0.6W、頻率40kHz、掃描速度100mm/秒之條件下,自基材側對保護膜照射波長532nm之雷射光,按照下述之2個圖案(圖案1、圖案2)對保護膜進行雷射印字。 Then, using a printing device ("VK9700" manufactured by KEYENCE Corporation), under the conditions of output 0.6W, frequency 40kHz, and scanning speed 100mm/sec, irradiate the protective film with laser light with a wavelength of 532nm from the substrate side, according to the following Two patterns (pattern 1, pattern 2) are used for laser printing on the protective film.

(圖案) (pattern)

圖案1:文字尺寸0.4mm×0.5mm,文字間隔0.3mm,文字數20。 Pattern 1: The character size is 0.4mm×0.5mm, the character interval is 0.3mm, and the number of characters is 20.

圖案2:文字尺寸0.2mm×0.5mm,文字間隔0.3mm,文字數20。 Pattern 2: The character size is 0.2mm×0.5mm, the character interval is 0.3mm, and the number of characters is 20.

繼而,對利用上述雷射印字形成於保護膜之文字,依據下述基準評價自基材側之視認性(雷射印字性)。結果示於表1。 Next, the visibility (laser printing properties) from the base material side was evaluated on the characters formed on the protective film by the above-mentioned laser printing according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 1.

(評價基準) (evaluation criteria)

A:圖案1及圖案2之全部文字清晰,可無問題地讀出圖案1及圖案2之文字。 A: All the characters of pattern 1 and pattern 2 are clear, and the characters of pattern 1 and pattern 2 can be read without any problem.

B:圖案2中至少一部分文字不清晰,但圖案1中全部文字清晰,可無問題地讀出圖案1之文字。 B: At least part of the characters in pattern 2 are unclear, but all the characters in pattern 1 are clear, and the characters in pattern 1 can be read without any problem.

C:圖案1及圖案2之任一者中,均至少一部分文字不清晰。 C: In either of pattern 1 and pattern 2, at least a part of characters is unclear.

[耐黏連性(1)] [Blocking resistance (1)]

將上述獲得之各實施例及比較例之保護膜形成用複合片,以10m之長度捲取於3吋直徑之ABS(Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene resin;丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯樹脂)樹脂製芯材,直接以該狀態於室溫下靜置3天。 The protective film-forming composite sheets of the examples and comparative examples obtained above were wound up on ABS (Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene resin; Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene resin) resin with a length of 10 m and a diameter of 3 inches. The core material was made, and it left still at room temperature for 3 days in this state.

繼而,針對實施例1至實施例6、比較例4之保護膜形成用複合片,嘗試捲出依序積層有塗層、基材、黏著劑層、保護膜形成用膜及第1剝離膜之積層單元10個份,針對比較例1至比較例3之保護膜形成用複合片,由於不 存在塗層,故而嘗試捲出依序積層有基材、黏著劑層、保護膜形成用膜及第1剝離膜之積層單元10個份,此時,評價捲取時相互接觸之保護膜形成用複合片之接觸部彼此是否黏附,並且於存在黏附之情形時對黏附之程度依據下述基準進行評價。結果示於表1。 Next, with regard to the composite sheets for protective film formation of Examples 1 to 6, and Comparative Example 4, it was attempted to roll out a composite sheet in which a coating layer, a base material, an adhesive layer, a film for protective film formation, and a first release film were sequentially laminated. 10 pieces of laminated units, for the composite sheet for protective film formation of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3, because there is no There was a coating layer, so I tried to roll out 10 laminated units in which the substrate, the adhesive layer, the film for protective film formation, and the first release film were sequentially laminated. Whether or not the contact parts of the composite sheet adhered to each other, and when there was adhesion, the degree of adhesion was evaluated according to the following criteria. The results are shown in Table 1.

(評價基準) (evaluation criteria)

A:完全未確認到前述接觸部彼此之黏附。 A: Adhesion between the aforementioned contact parts was not confirmed at all.

B:確認到前述接觸部彼此之輕度之黏附,但可無問題地捲出保護膜形成用複合片。 B: Slight adhesion between the aforementioned contact portions was confirmed, but the composite sheet for forming a protective film could be unwound without any problem.

C:前述接觸部彼此一部分完全黏附,捲出保護膜形成用複合片時,第1剝離膜自黏著劑層剝離。 C: Parts of the contact portions were completely adhered to each other, and when the composite sheet for forming a protective film was unrolled, the first release film was peeled from the adhesive layer.

[耐黏連性(2)] [Blocking resistance (2)]

以成為寬度50mm、長度100mm之大小之帶之方式,切取上述獲得之各實施例及比較例之保護膜形成用複合片。再者,切取時,使該帶的長度方向與黏著劑組成物的塗佈方向一致。 The composite sheet for protective film formation of each Example and the comparative example obtained above was cut|disconnected so that it might become the band of the size of width 50mm and length 100mm. Furthermore, when cutting out, the longitudinal direction of the tape is aligned with the application direction of the adhesive composition.

準備如此獲得之帶10片,積層該等帶而製成試片。此時,於實施例1至實施例6、比較例4之情形時,均以塗層朝上之方式積層前述帶。並且,於比較例1至比較例3之情形時,由於不存在塗層,故而均以基材朝上之方式積層前述帶。繼而,將該試片夾入2片玻璃板(寬度75mm、長度15mm、厚度5mm),將該等玻璃板與試片之積層物整體以一玻璃板作為最下層載置於預定部位,於另一方的最 上層之玻璃板上載置鉛錘,對前述試片進行加壓。此時,前述帶的積層方向上施加於前述試片之力為980.665mN(亦即100gf)。以該狀態將該等玻璃板與試片之積層物整體於濕熱促進器(ESPEC公司製造)內於40℃下保管3天,對前述試片進行加熱加壓促進試驗。 Ten tapes thus obtained were prepared, and these tapes were laminated to form test pieces. At this time, in the cases of Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Example 4, the above-mentioned tapes were laminated with the coating facing upward. In addition, in the case of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3, since there was no coating layer, the above-mentioned tapes were laminated with the substrate facing upward. Next, sandwich the test piece between two glass plates (75 mm in width, 15 mm in length, and 5 mm in thickness), place the entire laminate of these glass plates and the test piece on a predetermined position with one glass plate as the lowest layer, and place on another party's most A plumb weight is placed on the upper glass plate to pressurize the aforementioned test piece. At this time, the force applied to the test piece in the lamination direction of the tape was 980.665mN (that is, 100gf). In this state, the entire laminate of these glass plates and the test piece was stored at 40° C. for 3 days in a humid heat accelerator (manufactured by ESPEC Co., Ltd.), and the heat and pressure acceleration test was performed on the test piece.

繼而,自濕熱促進器中取出前述試片,將最下層之第1剝離膜(最下層之與玻璃板接觸之第1剝離膜)及與該第1剝離膜鄰接之保護膜形成用膜移除,將露出之黏著劑層經由雙面黏著帶貼合於支持板,藉此將加熱加壓促進試驗後自前述試片僅移除最下層之第1剝離膜及與該第1剝離膜鄰接之保護膜形成用膜所得之試片固定於前述支持板。 Then, the test piece was taken out from the humid heat accelerator, and the lowermost first peeling film (the lowermost first peeling film in contact with the glass plate) and the film for forming a protective film adjacent to the first peeling film were removed. , the exposed adhesive layer is attached to the support plate through the double-sided adhesive tape, so that only the first peeling film of the lowermost layer and the layer adjacent to the first peeling film are removed from the aforementioned test piece after the heat and pressure acceleration test. The obtained test piece of the film for protective film formation was fixed to the said support plate.

繼而,於實施例1至實施例6、比較例4之情形時,將上述固定物中,距離前述支持板最遠之最上層之由塗層、基材、黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜構成之積層物移除,使用拉伸試驗機,將露出之第1剝離膜,於剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件下,自鄰接之塗層剝離,測定此時之剝離力。於比較例1至比較例3之情形時,將上述固定物中,距離前述支持板最遠之最上層之由基材、黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜構成之積層物移除,使用拉伸試驗機,將露出之第1剝離膜,於剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件下,自鄰接之基材剝離,測定此時之剝離力。將如此獲得之第1剝離膜之剝離力之測定值作為保護膜形成用複合片之耐黏連性之指標。 Then, in the case of Examples 1 to 6, and Comparative Example 4, among the above-mentioned fixtures, the uppermost layer, the base material, the adhesive layer, and the protective film forming film that are farthest from the aforementioned support plate After removing the formed laminate, use a tensile tester to peel the exposed first peeling film from the adjacent coating at a peeling speed of 300mm/min and a peeling angle of 180°, and measure the peeling force at this time. In the case of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3, among the above fixed objects, the laminated object consisting of the base material, the adhesive layer and the film for forming the protective film on the uppermost layer farthest from the aforementioned support plate was removed, and a pulley was used to remove the Tensile testing machine, peel the exposed first peeling film from the adjacent substrate under the conditions of peeling speed of 300mm/min and peeling angle of 180°, and measure the peeling force at this time. The measured value of the peeling force of the 1st peeling film thus obtained was used as the index of the blocking resistance of the composite sheet for protective film formation.

再者,於欲測定之第1剝離膜之剝離力足夠小之情形時,自濕熱促進器中取出前述試片,於自該試片如上所述般將與最下層之第1剝離膜(最下層之與玻璃板接觸之第1剝離膜)鄰接之保護膜形成用膜移除時,存在作為剝離力之測定對象之第1剝離膜首先自與該第1剝離膜鄰接之層(於實施例1至實施例6、比較例4之情形時為塗層,於比較例1至比較例3之情形時為基材)剝離之情況。該情形時,自濕熱促進器中取出前述試片,自該試片移除最下層之第1剝離膜後,不移除與該第1剝離膜鄰接之保護膜形成用膜,將該保護膜形成用膜經由雙面黏著帶貼合於支持板,藉此將自前述試片僅移除最下層之第1剝離膜所得之試片固定於前述支持板,針對該固定物,與上述同樣地測定第1剝離膜之剝離力。 Furthermore, when the peeling force of the first peeling film to be measured is sufficiently small, the aforementioned test piece is taken out from the humid heat accelerator, and the first peeling film (lowest When removing the film for forming a protective film adjacent to the first release film in contact with the glass plate in the lower layer, the first release film that exists as the measurement object of the release force is first released from the layer adjacent to the first release film (in Example 1). In the case of 1 to Example 6 and Comparative Example 4, it was the coating layer, and in the case of Comparative Example 1 to Comparative Example 3, it was the case where the substrate) was peeled off. In this case, take out the test piece from the humid heat accelerator, remove the lowermost first peeling film from the test piece, and then remove the film for forming a protective film adjacent to the first peeling film. The film for formation was bonded to the support plate via a double-sided adhesive tape, thereby fixing the test piece obtained by removing only the lowermost first peeling film from the test piece to the support plate, and for the fixed object, the same as above The peeling force of the first peeling film was measured.

結果示於表1。 The results are shown in Table 1.

[基材側最表面的表面粗糙度Ra] [Surface roughness Ra of the outermost surface on the substrate side]

針對上述獲得之實施例1至實施例6、比較例4之保護膜形成用複合片,使用接觸式表面粗糙度計(Mitutoyo公司製造之「SURFTEST SV-3000」),將臨界值λc設為0.8mm,將評價長度Ln設為4mm,依據JIS B0601:2001,測定基材側最表面,亦即,塗層中的與基材側為相反側的面的表面粗糙度Ra。結果示於表1。表1中,針對比較例1至比較例3之保護膜形成用複合片,記載與上述基材的黏著劑層側為相反側的面的表面粗糙度Ra作為基材側最 表面的表面粗糙度Ra。 For the protective film-forming composite sheets of Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Example 4 obtained above, the critical value λc was set to 0.8 using a contact surface roughness meter ("SURFTEST SV-3000" manufactured by Mitutoyo Co., Ltd.). mm, the evaluation length Ln was set to 4 mm, and the surface roughness Ra of the outermost surface on the substrate side, that is, the surface opposite to the substrate side in the coating layer was measured in accordance with JIS B0601:2001. The results are shown in Table 1. In Table 1, for the composite sheets for protective film formation of Comparative Examples 1 to 3, the surface roughness Ra of the surface opposite to the adhesive layer side of the above-mentioned substrate is described as the maximum surface roughness on the substrate side. The surface roughness Ra of the surface.

[塗層的表面的光澤值] [gloss value of the surface of the coating]

針對上述獲得之實施例1至實施例6、比較例4之保護膜形成用複合片,使用光澤計(日本電色公司製造之光澤計「VG 2000」),依據JIS K 7105,自塗層的與基材側相反之側,測定塗層的表面的20°鏡面光澤度,將該測定值設為塗層的表面的光澤值。結果示於表1。 For the protective film-forming composite sheets of Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Example 4 obtained above, a gloss meter (a gloss meter "VG 2000" manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Co., Ltd.) was used to measure the self-coated composite sheet according to JIS K 7105. On the side opposite to the substrate side, the 20° specular gloss of the surface of the coating was measured, and the measured value was defined as the gloss value of the surface of the coating. The results are shown in Table 1.

[自塗層側之霧度之測定值] [Measured value of haze from the coating side]

針對上述獲得之實施例1至實施例6、比較例4之保護膜形成用複合片,使用測霧計(日本電色工業公司製造之「NDH-2000」),依據JIS K 7136,自塗層側測定霧度。結果示於表1。 For the protective film-forming composite sheets of Examples 1 to 6 and Comparative Example 4 obtained above, a haze meter ("NDH-2000" manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd.) was used to self-coat according to JIS K 7136. Haze was measured side by side. The results are shown in Table 1.

Figure 105140850-A0202-12-0118-3
Figure 105140850-A0202-12-0118-3
Figure 105140850-A0202-12-0119-4
Figure 105140850-A0202-12-0119-4

實施例1至實施例6之保護膜形成用複合片藉由在基材側之最外層具備塗層,雷射印字性及耐黏連性均良好。 The composite sheets for protective film formation of Examples 1 to 6 were provided with a coating layer on the outermost layer on the base material side, and both laser printing property and blocking resistance were good.

尤其是,實施例1、實施例2、實施例4及實施例5之保護膜形成用複合片相較於實施例3及實施例6之保護膜形成用複合片而言,雷射印字性優異,推測原因在於,實施例1、實施例2、實施例4及實施例5之保護膜形成用複合片中,「[塗層的厚度(μm)]/[基材的凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra(μm)]」之值更大,塗層相對於基材的凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra之相對厚度更厚,藉此基材側最表面(塗層中的與基材側為相反側的面)的表面粗糙度Ra(μm)更小。 In particular, the composite sheets for protective film formation in Examples 1, 2, 4, and 5 are superior in laser printing properties compared to the composite sheets for protective film formation in Examples 3 and 6. , presumably because, in the protective film-forming composite sheet of Example 1, Example 2, Example 4, and Example 5, "[thickness of coating layer (μm)]/[surface roughness of uneven surface of substrate Ra (μm)]" is larger, and the relative thickness of the coating relative to the surface roughness Ra of the concave-convex surface of the substrate is thicker, whereby the most surface on the substrate side (the side opposite to the substrate side in the coating The surface roughness Ra (μm) of the surface) is smaller.

另外,實施例1至實施例4之保護膜形成用複合片相較於實施例5及實施例6之保護膜形成用複合片而言,耐黏連性優異,推測原因在於,實施例1至實施例4之保護膜形成用複合片的塗層的厚度較薄。 In addition, the composite sheets for protective film formation in Examples 1 to 4 are superior in blocking resistance compared to the composite sheets for protective film formation in Examples 5 and 6. The coating layer thickness of the composite sheet for protective film formation of Example 4 was thin.

再者,關於實施例1至實施例6之保護膜形成用複合片,於基材與黏著劑層之間均未確認到空隙部。 In addition, about the composite sheet for protective film formation of Example 1 - Example 6, the void part was not confirmed between the base material and the adhesive layer.

相對於此,比較例1之保護膜形成用複合片與圖4所示之保護膜形成用複合片同樣地,基材中的與具備黏著 劑層之側的面(表面)為相反側的面(背面)為凹凸面,且亦不具備塗層,藉此雖然耐黏連性優異,但雷射印字性差。 On the other hand, the composite sheet for protective film formation of Comparative Example 1 is the same as the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIG. The surface (surface) on the side of the agent layer is uneven and the surface (back surface) on the opposite side is also not provided with a coating layer. Therefore, although the blocking resistance is excellent, the laser printing property is poor.

比較例2之保護膜形成用複合片與圖5所示之保護膜形成用複合片同樣地,基材中的與具備黏著劑層之側的面(表面)為相反側的面(背面)為平滑面,且亦不具備塗層,藉此雖然雷射印字性良好,但耐黏連性差。比較例3之保護膜形成用複合片亦具有與比較例2之保護膜形成用複合片相同之構成,但不僅耐黏連性差,雷射印字性亦差。推測原因在於,基材中的具備黏著劑層之側的面(表面)為凹凸面,且該凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra大於比較例2之保護膜形成用複合片的表面粗糙度Ra。推測比較例3中,由於前述凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra大,故而凹凸面的形狀亦反映於保護膜的表面,保護膜的表面的凹凸程度大於比較例2之情形,藉此光之漫反射更大,雷射印字性更差。進而推測,比較例2及比較例3之保護膜形成用複合片均於基材的凹凸面與黏著劑層之間存在空隙部,但由於比較例3相較於比較例2而言凹凸面的表面粗糙度Ra大,故而空隙部變大,因此比較例3相較於比較例2而言光之漫反射更大,雷射印字性更差。 The composite sheet for protective film formation of Comparative Example 2 is the same as the composite sheet for protective film formation shown in FIG. It has a smooth surface and does not have a coating, so although the laser printing property is good, the blocking resistance is poor. The protective film-forming composite sheet of Comparative Example 3 also had the same configuration as the protective film-forming composite sheet of Comparative Example 2, but not only had poor blocking resistance but also poor laser printing properties. The cause is presumed to be that the surface (surface) on the side having the adhesive layer in the base material is an uneven surface, and the surface roughness Ra of the uneven surface is larger than the surface roughness Ra of the protective film forming composite sheet of Comparative Example 2. It is speculated that in Comparative Example 3, since the surface roughness Ra of the above-mentioned concave-convex surface is large, the shape of the concave-convex surface is also reflected on the surface of the protective film. Larger and less laser-printable. Furthermore, it is speculated that the protective film forming composite sheets of Comparative Example 2 and Comparative Example 3 all have gaps between the uneven surface of the base material and the adhesive layer, but due to the difference in the uneven surface of Comparative Example 3 compared with Comparative Example 2 Since the surface roughness Ra is large, the voids become large, and therefore the diffuse reflection of light in Comparative Example 3 is larger than in Comparative Example 2, and the laser printing property is worse.

比較例4之保護膜形成用複合片與實施例1之保護膜形成用複合片同樣地,基材中的與具備黏著劑層之側的面(表面)為相反側的面(背面)為凹凸面,且亦具備塗層,耐 黏連性優異,但雷射印字性差。推測原因在於,比較例4之保護膜形成用複合片中,基材側最表面(塗層中的與基材側為相反側的面)相較於基材中的與具備黏著劑層之側的面(表面)為相反側的面(背面)而言,表面粗糙度Ra(μm)較大。 The composite sheet for protective film formation of Comparative Example 4 is the same as the composite sheet for protective film formation of Example 1, and the surface (back surface) opposite to the surface (front surface) of the substrate having the adhesive layer is uneven. surface, and also has a coating, resistant to Excellent adhesion, but poor laser printing. The reason is presumed to be that, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film in Comparative Example 4, the outermost surface on the base material side (the surface opposite to the base material side in the coating layer) is lower than the side having the adhesive layer in the base material. The surface roughness Ra (μm) is larger when the surface (surface) is opposite to the surface (back surface).

(產業可利用性) (industry availability)

本發明可用於製造背面由保護膜保護之半導體晶片等。 The present invention can be used to manufacture semiconductor wafers and the like whose backside is protected by a protective film.

1‧‧‧保護膜形成用複合片 1‧‧‧Composite sheet for protective film formation

10‧‧‧支持片 10‧‧‧Support sheet

10a‧‧‧支持片的表面 10a‧‧‧The surface of the support sheet

10b‧‧‧支持片的背面 10b‧‧‧The back of the support sheet

11‧‧‧基材 11‧‧‧Substrate

11a‧‧‧基材的表面 11a‧‧‧The surface of the substrate

11b‧‧‧基材的背面 11b‧‧‧The back of the substrate

12‧‧‧黏著劑層 12‧‧‧adhesive layer

12a‧‧‧黏著劑層的表面 12a‧‧‧The surface of the adhesive layer

13‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜 13‧‧‧Film for protective film formation

13a‧‧‧保護膜形成用膜的表面 13a‧‧‧The surface of the protective film forming film

14‧‧‧塗層 14‧‧‧Coating

14a‧‧‧塗層的表面 14a‧‧‧coated surface

14b‧‧‧塗層的背面 14b‧‧‧coated backside

15‧‧‧剝離膜 15‧‧‧Peeling film

15a‧‧‧剝離膜的表面 15a‧‧‧The surface of the release film

Claims (8)

一種保護膜形成用複合片,具備支持片,於前述支持片的一方的表面上具備保護膜形成用膜,於前述支持片中的與具備前述保護膜形成用膜之側為相反側的表面上具備塗層;前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度(Ra)小於前述支持片中的具備前述塗層之側的表面的表面粗糙度(Ra)。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising a support sheet, a film for forming a protective film on one surface of the support sheet, and a surface of the support sheet opposite to the side provided with the film for forming a protective film With a coating; the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface of the coating on the side opposite to the side in contact with the aforementioned support sheet is smaller than the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface of the aforementioned coating on the aforementioned support sheet . 如請求項1所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中使用進一步於前述保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜之前述保護膜形成用複合片,利用下述方法測定之前述剝離膜之剝離力為10mN/50mm以下;剝離膜之剝離力之測定方法係將於保護膜形成用膜上具備剝離膜之寬度50mm、長度100mm之前述保護膜形成用複合片,以前述塗層全部朝向相同方向且前述塗層的合計厚度成為10μm至60μm之方式重疊複數片,藉此製成一方的最外層為塗層且另一方的最外層為剝離膜之積層體,將前述積層體以於前述保護膜形成用複合片之積層方向上施加980.665mN之力之狀態於40℃下靜置3天後,將於前述積層方向上距離前述最外層之塗層最近之剝離膜,於剝離速度300mm/分鐘、剝離角度180°之條件下,自鄰接之塗層剝離,測定此時之剝離力。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film as described in Claim 1, wherein the composite sheet for forming a protective film is further provided with a release film on the film for forming a protective film, and the peeling force of the release film measured by the following method is: 10mN/50mm or less; the method of measuring the peeling force of the peeling film is to make the protective film forming composite sheet with a peeling film width of 50mm and a length of 100mm on the protective film forming film, with the aforementioned coatings all facing the same direction and the aforementioned Laminate a plurality of sheets so that the total thickness of the coating layer becomes 10 μm to 60 μm, thereby producing a laminate in which one outermost layer is a coating layer and the other outermost layer is a release film, and the aforementioned laminate is used for the formation of the aforementioned protective film. After a force of 980.665mN is applied in the lamination direction of the composite sheet, after standing at 40°C for 3 days, the peeling film closest to the outermost coating layer in the lamination direction is peeled at a peeling speed of 300mm/min and a peeling angle Under the condition of 180°, peel off from the adjacent coating, and measure the peeling force at this time. 如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中 前述支持片由基材及黏著劑層積層而成;前述保護膜形成用複合片由前述塗層、基材、黏著劑層及保護膜形成用膜依序積層而成。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein The support sheet is formed by laminating the substrate and the adhesive; the composite sheet for forming the protective film is formed by sequentially laminating the coating, the substrate, the adhesive layer, and the film for forming the protective film. 如請求項3所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述黏著劑層為能量線硬化性之層或非能量線硬化性之層。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 3, wherein the adhesive layer is an energy ray curable layer or a non-energy ray curable layer. 如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性之層或能量線硬化性之層。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the film for forming a protective film is a thermosetting layer or an energy ray curable layer. 如請求項3所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性之層或能量線硬化性之層。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 3, wherein the film for forming a protective film is a thermosetting layer or an energy ray curable layer. 如請求項4所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述保護膜形成用膜為熱硬化性之層或能量線硬化性之層。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 4, wherein the film for forming a protective film is a thermosetting layer or an energy ray curable layer. 如請求項1或2所記載之保護膜形成用複合片,其中前述塗層中的與和前述支持片接觸之側為相反側的表面的表面粗糙度(Ra)為0.5μm以下。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the surface roughness (Ra) of the surface of the coating layer opposite to the side in contact with the support sheet is 0.5 μm or less.
TW105140850A 2016-03-04 2016-12-09 Composite sheet for forming protective film TWI783920B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-042689 2016-03-04
JP2016042689 2016-03-04

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201732002A TW201732002A (en) 2017-09-16
TWI783920B true TWI783920B (en) 2022-11-21

Family

ID=59743746

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW105140850A TWI783920B (en) 2016-03-04 2016-12-09 Composite sheet for forming protective film

Country Status (6)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6805230B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102574633B1 (en)
CN (1) CN108701597B (en)
SG (1) SG11201805895XA (en)
TW (1) TWI783920B (en)
WO (1) WO2017149890A1 (en)

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201444945A (en) * 2013-03-27 2014-12-01 Lintec Corp Composite sheet for forming protective film
TW201509670A (en) * 2013-07-30 2015-03-16 Nitto Denko Corp Surface protective film and optical component

Family Cites Families (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5432853U (en) 1977-08-09 1979-03-03
JP2000246834A (en) * 1999-03-01 2000-09-12 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Manufacture of metal ornament
JP4403480B2 (en) * 2000-06-05 2010-01-27 東洋紡績株式会社 Pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet and peeling polyester film and separator used therefor
JP4444632B2 (en) * 2003-11-11 2010-03-31 リンテック株式会社 Optical film
JP5080831B2 (en) * 2007-03-14 2012-11-21 電気化学工業株式会社 Electronic component fixing adhesive sheet and method of manufacturing electronic component using the same
JP2010185038A (en) * 2009-02-13 2010-08-26 Mitsubishi Plastics Inc Adhesive sheet and adhesive sheet wound body
JP5932276B2 (en) * 2011-09-29 2016-06-08 株式会社東芝 Manufacturing method of personal authentication media
JP5758764B2 (en) * 2011-09-30 2015-08-05 株式会社ブリヂストン Window film and method for manufacturing the same, and window using the window film and method for manufacturing the same
JP6091954B2 (en) * 2013-03-26 2017-03-08 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive sheet, protective film-forming film, protective film-forming composite sheet, and marking method
JP6122368B2 (en) * 2013-09-24 2017-04-26 リンテック株式会社 Release sheet and adhesive sheet
JP5607847B1 (en) * 2013-11-29 2014-10-15 古河電気工業株式会社 Adhesive tape for semiconductor processing
WO2016027883A1 (en) * 2014-08-22 2016-02-25 リンテック株式会社 Protective-coating-forming sheet and method for manufacturing semiconductor chip provided with protective coating

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201444945A (en) * 2013-03-27 2014-12-01 Lintec Corp Composite sheet for forming protective film
TW201509670A (en) * 2013-07-30 2015-03-16 Nitto Denko Corp Surface protective film and optical component

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108701597B (en) 2023-03-31
WO2017149890A1 (en) 2017-09-08
CN108701597A (en) 2018-10-23
SG11201805895XA (en) 2018-09-27
JPWO2017149890A1 (en) 2018-12-27
JP6805230B2 (en) 2020-12-23
KR102574633B1 (en) 2023-09-04
KR20180120148A (en) 2018-11-05
TW201732002A (en) 2017-09-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI761335B (en) Supporting sheet and composite sheet for forming protective film
TW201837136A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
KR102637275B1 (en) Sheet for forming a protective film, method for manufacturing a sheet for forming a protective film, and method for manufacturing a semiconductor device
TW202106502A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
TWI764885B (en) Complex sheet for forming protective film
KR102519799B1 (en) Composite sheet for forming support sheet and protective film
CN108778721B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
TWI790400B (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method for inspection and method for identification
TWI833953B (en) Composite sheet for protective film formation and method for manufacturing semiconductor wafer with protective film
TWI788543B (en) Supporting sheet and composite sheet for forming protective film
TWI783920B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
JP7387510B2 (en) Protective film-forming film, protective film-forming composite sheet, and method for transporting workpieces with protective film-forming film
TWI801532B (en) Supporting sheet and composite sheet for forming protective film
KR102534931B1 (en) Composite sheet for forming support sheet and protective film
TW202239602A (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, method for manufacturing processed workpiece having protective film, and method for manufacturing workpiece having protective film capable of suppressing occurrence of an abnormality in a protective film even if a protective film forming film is thermally cured at a higher temperature
TW202237770A (en) Protective film forming film, composite sheet for forming protective film, and wafer regeneration method capable of being easily peeled off even when a rear surface of a wafer is rough
TW202129777A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
TW202111824A (en) Composite sheet roll for forming protective film capable of avoiding splashing of semiconductor chips during cold expansion
TW202038319A (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film and manufacturing method of semiconductor chip